Nissan Note [1733/1872] Dtc p0180 fuel pump temperature sensor

Confirm k9k engine type with model written on the identification plate refe to gi 45 identifica tion information then refer to service information in ec section 21

Cr engine and hr engine 21

How to check vehicle type 21

K9k engine 21

Cr with euro obd 22

Dtc no index 22

If dtc u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1001 refer to ec 134 dtc u1001 can communication line 22

If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 137 dtc u1010 can communication 22

Index for dtc 22

Cr with euro obd 23

Index for dtc 23

Alphabetical index 24

Cr with euro obd 24

If dtc u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1001 refer to ec 134 dtc u1001 can communication line 24

If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 137 dtc u1010 can communication 24

Index for dtc 24

Cr with euro obd 25

Index for dtc 25

Cr with euro obd 26

Lhd models 26

Maintenance information 26

On board diagnostic obd system of engine 26

Precautions 26

Precautions for procedures without cowl top cover 26

Precautions for supplemental restraint system srs air bag and seat belt pre tensioner 26

Rhd models 26

Cr with euro obd 27

Precaution 27

Precautions 27

Cr with euro obd 28

Precautions 28

Cr with euro obd 29

Precautions 29

Cr with euro obd 30

Precautions 30

Cr with euro obd 31

Preparation 31

Special service tools 31

Commercial service tools 32

Cr with euro obd 32

Preparation 32

Cr with euro obd 33

Engine control system 33

System diagram 33

Cr with euro obd 34

During acceleration 34

During deceleration 34

During high engine speed operation 34

During warm up 34

Engine control system 34

Hot engine operation 34

Input output signal chart 34

Mixture ratio feedback control closed loop control 34

Multiport fuel injection mfi system 34

System description 34

The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ecm the ecm controls the length of time the valve remains open injection pulse duration the amount of fuel injected is a program value in the ecm memory the program value is preset by engine operating conditions these conditions are determined by input signals for engine speed and intake air volume from the crankshaft position sensor pos camshaft position sensor phase and the manifold absolute pressure sensor 34

Various fuel injection increase decrease compensation 34

When starting the engine 34

Cr with euro obd 35

Engine control system 35

Fuel injection timing 35

Mixture ratio self learning control 35

Open loop control 35

Sequential multiport fuel injection system 35

At idle 36

At low battery voltage 36

At starting 36

Cr with euro obd 36

During acceleration the knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies the basic ignition timing is programmed within the anti knocking zone if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions the retard system does not operate under normal driving conditions if engine knocking occurs the knock sensor monitors the condition the signal is transmitted to the ecm the ecm retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition 36

During warm up 36

Electronic ignition ei system 36

Engine control system 36

Firing order 1 3 4 2 the ignition timing is controlled by the ecm to maintain the best air fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine the ignition timing data is stored in the ecm the ecm receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor signal comput ing this information ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor during the following conditions the ignition timing is revised by the ecm according to the other data stored in the ecm 36

Fuel cut control at no load and high engine speed 36

Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle in other words pulse signals of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ecm the four fuel injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle this system is used when the engine is being started and or if the fail safe system cpu is operating 36

Fuel shut off 36

Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or operation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds 36

Input output signal chart 36

Simultaneous multiport fuel injection system 36

System description 36

Cr with euro obd 37

Engine control system 37

If the engine speed is above 2 500 rpm with no load for example the shift position is neutral and engine speed is over 2 500 rpm fuel will be cut off after some time the exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 2 000 rpm then fuel cut is cancelled note this function is different from deceleration control listed under ec 34 multiport fuel injection mfi system 37

System description 37

Air conditioning cut control 38

At high engine speeds 38

Cr with euro obd 38

Input output signal chart 38

System description 38

This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used under the following conditions the air conditioner is turned off 38

When cranking the engine 38

When engine speed is excessively low 38

When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed 38

When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high 38

When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed 38

When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high 38

Can communication 39

Can controller area network is a serial communication line for real time application it is an on vehicle mul tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability many elec tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation not independent in can communication control units are connected with 2 communication lines can h line can l line allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring each control unit transmits receives data but selectively reads required data only refer to lan 21 can communication about can communication for detail 39

Cr with euro obd 39

System description 39

Cr with euro obd 40

Description 40

Evaporative emission system 40

System description 40

Cr with euro obd 41

Evaporative emission line drawing 41

Evaporative emission system 41

Cr with euro obd 42

Evaporative emission system 42

Component inspection 43

Cr with euro obd 43

Evap canister 43

Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 43

Evaporative emission system 43

Fuel check valve 43

Fuel tank vacuum relief valve built into fuel filler cap 43

Cr with euro obd 44

Description 44

Nats nissan anti theft system 44

Component inspection 45

Cr with euro obd 45

Description 45

Pcv positive crankcase ventilation valve 45

Positive crankcase ventilation 45

System description 45

Cr with euro obd 46

Pcv valve ventilation hose 46

Positive crankcase ventilation 46

Cr with euro obd 47

Introduction 47

On board diagnostic obd system 47

The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below 47

The ecm has an on board diagnostic system which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua tors the ecm also records various emission related diagnostic information including 47

The malfunction indicator mi on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips two trip detection logic or when the ecm enters fail safe mode refer to ec 81 47

The trip in the two trip detection logic means a driving mode in which self diagnosis is performed during vehicle operation specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ecm to light up or blink the mi and store dtc and freeze frame data even in the 1st trip as shown below 47

Two trip detection logic 47

When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm can not warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is a malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system has malfunction and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function 47

Cr with euro obd 48

Emission related diagnostic information 48

Emission related diagnostic information items 48

On board diagnostic obd system 48

The fail safe function also operate when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction 48

Cr with euro obd 49

Dtc and 1st trip dtc 49

On board diagnostic obd system 49

The 1st trip dtc whose number is the same as the dtc number is displayed for the latest self diagnostic result obtained if the ecm memory was cleared previously and the 1st trip dtc did not reoccur the 1st trip dtc will not be displayed if a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip the 1st trip dtc is stored in the ecm memory the mi will not light up two trip detection logic if the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip meeting the required driving pattern the 1st trip dtc is cleared from the ecm memory if the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip both the 1st trip dtc and dtc are stored in the ecm memory and the mi lights up in other words the dtc is stored in the ecm memory and the mi lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec utive trips if a 1st trip dtc is stored and a non diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd trips only the 1st trip dtc will continue to be stored for malfunctions that blink or light up the mi during the 1st tr 49

Cr with euro obd 50

Freeze frame data and 1st trip freeze frame data 50

How to read dtc and 1st trip dtc 50

On board diagnostic obd system 50

Cr with euro obd 51

For example the egr malfunction priority 2 was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd trip after that when the misfire priority 1 is detected in another trip the freeze frame data will be updated from the egr malfunction to the misfire the 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal function is detected there is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data however once freeze frame data is stored in the ecm memory 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored because only one freeze frame data or 1st trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ecm if freeze frame data is stored in the ecm memory and freeze frame data with the same priority occurs later the first original freeze frame data remains unchanged in the ecm memory both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data along with the dtcs are cleared when the ecm mem ory is erased procedures for clearing the ecm memory are described in ec 57 how to erase emis sion related diagnostic information 51

On board diagnostic obd system 51

Srt item 51

System readiness test srt code 51

System readiness test srt code is specified in service 01 of iso 15031 5 as part of an enhanced emissions test for inspection maintenance i m certain states require the status of srt be used to indicate whether the ecm has completed self diagnosis of major emission systems and com ponents completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed if a vehicle is rejected for a state emissions inspection due to one or more srt items indicating incmp use the information in this service manual to set the srt to cmplt in most cases the ecm will automatically complete its self diagnosis cycle during normal usage and the srt status will indicate cmplt for each application system once set as cmplt the srt status remains cmplt until the self diagnosis memory is erased occasionally certain portions of the self diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer s normal driving pattern the srt will indicate incmp for these items note the srt will also indicate inc 51

The table below shows required self diagnostic items to set the srt to cmplt 51

Cr with euro obd 52

If the 1st trip dtc is erased all the srt will indicate incmp note srt can be set as cmplt together with the dtc s therefore dtc check must always be carried out prior to the state emission inspection even though the srt indicates cmplt 52

On board diagnostic obd system 52

Srt is set as cmplt after self diagnosis has been performed one or more times completion of srt is done regardless of whether the result is ok or ng the set timing is different between ok and ng results and is shown in the table below 52

Srt set timing 52

The emissions inspection requires cmplt of the srt only with ok self diagnosis results 52

The srt will indicate cmplt at the time the respective self diagnoses have one 1 ok result 52

When all srt related self diagnoses showed ok results in a single cycle ignition off on off the srt will indicate cmplt case 1 above when all srt related self diagnoses showed ok results through several different cycles the srt will indicate cmplt at the time the respective self diagnoses have at least one ok result case 2 above if one or more srt related self diagnoses showed ng results in 2 consecutive cycles the srt will also indi cate cmplt case 3 above the table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting srt as incmp is one 1 for each self diagnosis case 1 2 or two 2 for one of self diagnoses case 3 however in preparation for the state emissions inspection it is unnecessary for each self diagnosis to be executed twice case 3 for the following reasons 52

When during srt driving pattern 1st trip dtc ng is detected prior to cmplt of srt the self diagno sis memory must be erased from ecm after repair 52

Cr with euro obd 53

If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more srt items indicating incmp review the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page 53

On board diagnostic obd system 53

Srt service procedure 53

Cr with euro obd 54

How to display srt code 54

How to set srt code 54

On board diagnostic obd system 54

Cr with euro obd 55

Driving pattern 55

On board diagnostic obd system 55

Ambient air temperature 20 30 c 68 86 f 56

Cr with euro obd 56

Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions under different conditions for example ambient air temperature other than 20 30 c 68 86 f diag nosis may also be performed pattern 1 56

Flat road 56

On board diagnostic obd system 56

Sea level 56

Test value and test limit gst only not applicable to consult ii 56

The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of 10 to 35 c 14 to 95 f where the voltage between the ecm terminal 72 and ground is 3 4 v 56

The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70 c 158 f where the voltage between the ecm terminal 72 and ground is lower than 1 v pattern 2 56

The following is the information specified in service 06 of iso 15031 5 the test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system circuit diagnostic test is ok or ng while being monitored by the ecm during self diagnosis the test limit is a reference value which is specified as the maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored these data test value and test limit are specified by test id tid and component id cid and can be dis played on the gst screen 56

The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions weather altitude individual driv ing habits etc zone a refers to the range where the time required for the diagnosis under normal conditions is the shortest zone b refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within zone a normal conditions refer to the following 56

When steady state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted each diagnosis can be con ducted in this case the time required for diagnosis may be extended 1 depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km h 56 mph then release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for more than 10 seconds depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km h 56 mph again 2 checking the vehicle speed with gst is advised 56

Cr with euro obd 57

How to erase emission related diagnostic information how to erase dtc 57

On board diagnostic obd system 57

Cr with euro obd 58

Description 58

Malfunction indicator mi 58

On board diagnostic obd system 58

On board diagnostic system function 58

The mi is located on the instrument panel 1 the mi will light up when the ignition switch is turned on without the engine running this is a bulb check if the mi does not light up refer to di 32 warning lamps or see ec 448 2 when the engine is started the mi should go off if the mi remains on the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction 58

The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions 58

When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm can not warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system has a malfunction and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function the fail safe function also operate when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the a malfunction 58

Cr with euro obd 59

Diagnostic test mode i bulb check 59

How to erase diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 59

How to set diagnostic test mode ii heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor 59

How to set diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 59

How to switch diagnostic test mode 59

Mi flashing without dtc 59

On board diagnostic obd system 59

Cr with euro obd 60

Diagnostic test mode i malfunction warning 60

Diagnostic test mode ii heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor 60

Diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 60

How to erase diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 60

On board diagnostic obd system 60

Cr with euro obd 61

Obd system operation chart 61

On board diagnostic obd system 61

Relationship between mi 1st trip dtc dtc and detectable items 61

Summary chart 61

The 1st trip dtc is not displayed when the self diagnosis results in ok for the 2nd trip 61

The dtc and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times driving pattern a without the same malfunction recurring except for misfire and fuel injection system for misfire and fuel injection system the dtc and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times driving pattern c without the same malfunction recurring the time in self diagnostic results mode of consult ii will count the number of times the vehicle is driven 61

The mi will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times driving pattern b with no malfunction the drive is counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met as stored in the ecm if another malfunction occurs while counting the counter will reset 61

To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function start engine in the diagnostic test mode ii and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge next run engine at about 2 000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load conditions then make sure that the mi comes on more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2 000 rpm under no load 61

When a malfunction is detected for the first time the 1st trip dtc and the 1st trip freeze frame data are stored in the ecm memory 61

When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips the dtc and the freeze frame data are stored in the ecm memory and the mi will come on for details refer to ec 47 two trip detection logic 61

Cr with euro obd 62

Fuel injection system 62

On board diagnostic obd system 62

Cr with euro obd 63

On board diagnostic obd system 63

Cr with euro obd 64

Fuel injection system 64

On board diagnostic obd system 64

Cr with euro obd 65

Driving pattern b means the vehicle operation as follows all components and systems should be monitored at least once by the obd system 65

On board diagnostic obd system 65

The a counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of 1 4 65

The a counter will be counted up when 1 4 are satisfied without the same malfunction 65

The b counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern 65

The b counter will be counted up when driving pattern b is satisfied without any malfunctions 65

The dtc will not be displayed after the a counter reaches 40 65

The mi will go off when the b counter reaches 3 2 in obd system operation chart 65

Basic inspection 66

Basic service procedure 66

Cr with euro obd 66

Basic service procedure 67

Cr with euro obd 67

Basic service procedure 68

Cr with euro obd 68

Accelerator pedal released position learning 69

Basic service procedure 69

Cr with euro obd 69

Description 69

Idle air volume learning 69

Idle speed check 69

Idle speed with consult ii 69

Operation procedure 69

Preparation 69

Throttle valve closed position learning 69

With gst 69

Basic service procedure 70

Cr with euro obd 70

Operation procedure with consult ii 70

Without consult ii 70

Basic service procedure 71

Cr with euro obd 71

Diagnostic procedure 71

Fuel pressure check 71

Fuel pressure release with consult ii 71

Basic service procedure 72

Cr with euro obd 72

Fuel pressure check 72

Without consult ii 72

Basic service procedure 73

Cr with euro obd 73

Cr with euro obd 74

Introduction 74

Trouble diagnosis 74

Trouble diagnosis introduction 74

Cr with euro obd 75

Trouble diagnosis 75

Work flow overall sequence 75

Cr with euro obd 76

Detailed flow 76

Trouble diagnosis 76

Cr with euro obd 77

Trouble diagnosis 77

Cr with euro obd 78

Diagnostic worksheet description 78

Trouble diagnosis 78

Cr with euro obd 79

Trouble diagnosis 79

Worksheet sample 79

Cr with euro obd 80

Dtc inspection priority chart 80

If dtc u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1001 refer to ec 134 dtc u1001 can communication line 80

If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 137 dtc u1010 can communication 80

If some dtcs are displayed at the same time perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart note 80

Trouble diagnosis 80

Cr with euro obd 81

Fail safe chart 81

Trouble diagnosis 81

When the dtc listed bellow is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 81

When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm can not warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is a malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses is continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system has a malfunction and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function the fail safe function also operate when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction 81

Cr with euro obd 82

Symptom matrix chart 82

System basic engine control system 82

Trouble diagnosis 82

Cr with euro obd 83

Trouble diagnosis 83

Cr with euro obd 84

System engine mechanical other 84

Trouble diagnosis 84

Cr with euro obd 85

Trouble diagnosis 85

Cr with euro obd 86

Engine control component parts location 86

Trouble diagnosis 86

Cr with euro obd 87

Trouble diagnosis 87

Cr with euro obd 88

Trouble diagnosis 88

Cr with euro obd 89

Trouble diagnosis 89

Cr with euro obd 90

Trouble diagnosis 90

Cr with euro obd 91

Trouble diagnosis 91

Cr with euro obd 92

Refer to ec 33 system diagram for vacuum control system 92

Trouble diagnosis 92

Vacuum hose drawing 92

Circuit diagram 93

Cr with euro obd 93

Trouble diagnosis 93

Cr with euro obd 95

Ecm harness connector terminal layout 95

Ecm inspection table 95

Ecm terminals and reference value 95

Preparation 95

Trouble diagnosis 95

Cr with euro obd 96

Trouble diagnosis 96

Cr with euro obd 97

Trouble diagnosis 97

Cr with euro obd 98

Trouble diagnosis 98

Cr with euro obd 99

Trouble diagnosis 99

Cr with euro obd 100

Ec 100 100

Trouble diagnosis 100

Cr with euro obd 101

Ec 101 101

Trouble diagnosis 101

Consult ii function engine 102

Cr with euro obd 102

Ec 102 102

Function 102

Trouble diagnosis 102

Cr with euro obd 103

Ec 103 103

Engine control component parts control systems application 103

Trouble diagnosis 103

Cr with euro obd 104

Ec 104 104

Freeze frame data and 1st trip freeze frame data 104

Inspection procedure 104

Refer to gi 38 consult ii data link connector dlc circuit 104

Regarding items of dtc and 1st trip dtc refer to ec 48 emission related diagnostic informa tion items 104

Self diag results mode self diagnostic item 104

Trouble diagnosis 104

Work support mode work item 104

Cr with euro obd 105

Data monitor mode monitored item 105

Ec 105 105

Trouble diagnosis 105

Cr with euro obd 106

Ec 106 106

Trouble diagnosis 106

Cr with euro obd 107

Ec 107 107

Trouble diagnosis 107

Active test mode test item 108

Cr with euro obd 108

Data monitor spec mode monitored item 108

Ec 108 108

Trouble diagnosis 108

Consult ii has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching setting in data monitor mode 1 auto trig automatic trigger 109

Cr with euro obd 109

Dtc srt confirmation mode srt status mode 109

Dtc work support mode 109

Ec 109 109

For details refer to ec 51 system readiness test srt code 109

Real time diagnosis in data monitor mode recording vehicle data description 109

Srt work support mode 109

The malfunction will be identified on the consult ii screen in real time in other words dtc 1st trip dtc and malfunction item will be displayed if the malfunction is detected by ecm at the moment a malfunction is detected by ecm moni tor in data monitor screen is changed to recording data xx as shown in the figure and the data after the malfunction detection is recorded then when the percentage reached 100 real time diag screen is displayed if stop is touched on the screen during recording data xx real time diag screen is also displayed the recording time after the malfunction detection and the 109

This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the srt while monitoring the srt status 109

Trouble diagnosis 109

Cr with euro obd 110

Ec 110 110

Operation 110

Trouble diagnosis 110

Cr with euro obd 111

Description 111

Ec 111 111

Function 111

Generic scan tool gst function 111

Generic scan tool obdii scan tool complying with iso 15031 has 8 different functions explained below iso9141 is used as the protocol the name gst or generic scan tool is used in this service manual 111

Inspection procedure 111

Trouble diagnosis 111

Turn ignition switch off 2 connect gst to data link connector which is located under driv ers side dash panel near the fuse box cover 3 turn ignition switch on 111

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 112

Cr with euro obd 112

Ec 112 112

Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in the operation manual regarding gst screens in this section sample screens are shown 112

Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service proce dure for further information see the gst operation manual of the tool maker 112

Trouble diagnosis 112

Cr with euro obd 113

Ec 113 113

Trouble diagnosis 113

Cr with euro obd 114

Ec 114 114

Trouble diagnosis 114

Below is the data for clsd thl pos accel sen 1 and thrtl sen 1 when depressing the accelera tor pedal with the ignition switch on and with shift lever in 1st position the signal of accel sen 1 and thrtl sen 1 should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise after clsd thl pos is changed from on to off 115

Below is the data for eng speed thrtl sen 1 ho2s2 b1 ho2s1 b1 and inj pulse b1 when revving engine quickly up to 4 800 rpm under no load after warming up engine sufficiently each value is for reference the exact value may vary 115

Clsd thl pos accel sen 1 thrtl sen 1 115

Cr with euro obd 115

Ec 115 115

Eng speed thrtl sen 1 ho2s2 b1 ho2s1 b1 inj pulse b1 115

Major sensor reference graph in data monitor mode 115

The following are the major sensor reference graphs in data monitor mode 115

Trouble diagnosis 115

Cr with euro obd 117

Description 117

Ec 117 117

Inspection procedure 117

Testing condition 117

Trouble diagnosis specification value 117

Cr with euro obd 119

Ec 119 119

Trouble diagnosis specification value 119

Cr with euro obd 120

Detailed procedure 120

Ec 120 120

Trouble diagnosis specification value 120

Cr with euro obd 121

Ec 121 121

Trouble diagnosis specification value 121

Cr with euro obd 122

Ec 122 122

Trouble diagnosis specification value 122

Cr with euro obd 123

Ec 123 123

Trouble diagnosis specification value 123

Cr with euro obd 124

Ec 124 124

Trouble diagnosis specification value 124

Cr with euro obd 125

Ec 125 125

Trouble diagnosis specification value 125

Cr with euro obd 126

Ec 126 126

Trouble diagnosis specification value 126

Cr with euro obd 127

Description 127

Diagnostic procedure 127

Ec 127 127

Trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident 127

A fuse 129

Check ecm power supply circuit i 129

Check the following 129

Cr with euro obd 129

Detect malfunctioning part 129

Diagnostic procedure 129

Ec 129 129

Fuse block j b connector m7 129

Go to 2 129

Go to 3 129

Harness connectors m1 e101 129

Harness for open or short between ecm and fuse 129

Inspection start 129

Ok or ng 129

Power supply and ground circuit 129

Repair harness or connectors 129

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 129

Start engine is engine running yes or no 129

Turn ignition switch off and then on 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 109 and ground with consult ii or tester 129

Voltage battery voltage 129

Cr with euro obd 130

Ec 130 130

Power supply and ground circuit 130

Cr with euro obd 131

Ec 131 131

Power supply and ground circuit 131

Cr with euro obd 132

Ec 132 132

Power supply and ground circuit 132

Cr with euro obd 133

Ec 133 133

Ground inspection 133

Power supply and ground circuit 133

Cr with euro obd 134

Description 134

Dtc confirmation procedure 134

Dtc u1001 can communication line 134

Ec 134 134

On board diagnosis logic 134

Cr with euro obd 135

Dtc u1001 can communication line 135

Ec 135 135

Wiring diagram 135

Cr with euro obd 137

Description 137

Dtc confirmation procedure 137

Dtc u1010 can communication 137

Ec 137 137

On board diagnosis logic 137

With consult ii 137

With gst 137

Cr with euro obd 138

Diagnostic procedure 138

Dtc u1010 can communication 138

Ec 138 138

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 139

Cr with euro obd 139

Description 139

Dtc p0011 ivt control 139

Ec 139 139

Specification data are reference values 139

System description 139

This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake valve the ecm receives signals such as crankshaft position camshaft position engine speed and engine coolant temperature then the ecm sends on off pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve depending on driving status this makes it possible to control the shut open timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low mid speed range and output in high speed range 139

Caution always drive at a safe speed note 140

Cr with euro obd 140

Dtc confirmation procedure 140

Dtc p0011 ivt control 140

Ec 140 140

Fail safe mode 140

If dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is between 10v and 16v at idle 140

If dtc p0011 is displayed with dtc p1111 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p1111 see ec 286 140

Let engine idle for 10 seconds 5 if the 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 141 diagnostic procedure if the 1st trip dtc is not detected go to next step 6 maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds 140

On board diagnosis logic 140

The mi will not light up for this self diagnosis 140

Turn ignition switch on and select data monitor mode with consult ii 2 start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera ture 3 maintain the following conditions from at least 6 consecutive seconds hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible 140

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode 140

With consult ii 140

Cr with euro obd 141

Diagnostic procedure 141

Dtc p0011 ivt control 141

Ec 141 141

With gst 141

Component inspection 142

Cr with euro obd 142

Dtc p0011 ivt control 142

Ec 142 142

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 142

Removal and installation 142

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 143

Cr with euro obd 143

Description 143

Dtc p0031 p0032 ho2s1 heater 143

Ec 143 143

On board diagnosis logic 143

Operation 143

Specification data are reference values 143

System description 143

The ecm performs on off duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine speed and engine coolant temperature the duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine is started 143

Cr with euro obd 144

Dtc confirmation procedure 144

Dtc p0031 p0032 ho2s1 heater 144

Ec 144 144

With consult ii 144

With gst 144

Cr with euro obd 145

Dtc p0031 p0032 ho2s1 heater 145

Ec 145 145

Wiring diagram 145

Check ground connections 146

Cr with euro obd 146

Diagnostic procedure 146

Dtc p0031 p0032 ho2s1 heater 146

Ec 146 146

Ok or ng 146

Repair or replace ground connections 146

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 146

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 146

Cr with euro obd 147

Dtc p0031 p0032 ho2s1 heater 147

Ec 147 147

Component inspection 148

Cr with euro obd 148

Dtc p0031 p0032 ho2s1 heater 148

Ec 148 148

Heated oxygen sensor 1 148

Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater 148

Removal and installation 148

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 149

Cr with euro obd 149

Description 149

Dtc confirmation procedure 149

Dtc p0037 p0038 ho2s2 heater 149

Ec 149 149

Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is between 10 v and 16v at idle 149

On board diagnosis logic 149

Operation 149

Specification data are reference values 149

System description 149

Cr with euro obd 150

Dtc p0037 p0038 ho2s2 heater 150

Ec 150 150

With consult ii 150

With gst 150

Cr with euro obd 151

Dtc p0037 p0038 ho2s2 heater 151

Ec 151 151

Wiring diagram 151

Check ground connections 152

Cr with euro obd 152

Diagnostic procedure 152

Dtc p0037 p0038 ho2s2 heater 152

Ec 152 152

Ok or ng 152

Repair or replace ground connections 152

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 152

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 152

Cr with euro obd 153

Dtc p0037 p0038 ho2s2 heater 153

Ec 153 153

Component inspection 154

Cr with euro obd 154

Dtc p0037 p0038 ho2s2 heater 154

Ec 154 154

Heated oxygen sensor 2 154

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater 154

Removal and installation 154

Component description 155

Cr with euro obd 155

Dtc confirmation procedure 155

Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor 155

Ec 155 155

Fail safe mode 155

Follow the procedure with consult ii above 155

If dtc p0107 or p0108 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 363 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 155

Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 155

On board diagnosis logic 155

The manifold absolute pressure map sensor is placed intake man ifold corrector it detects intake manifold pressure and sends the voltage signal to the ecm ecm uses the signal to compute intake air volume value the sensor uses a silicon diaphragm which is sensitive to the change in pressure as the pressure increase the voltage rises 155

Turn ignition switch on 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 wait at least 5 seconds 4 if 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 157 diagnostic procedure 155

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode 155

With consult ii 155

With gst 155

Air duct 157

Check intake system 157

Check the following for connection 157

Cr with euro obd 157

Diagnostic procedure 157

Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor 157

Ec 157 157

Go to 2 157

Inspection start 157

Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold ok or ng 157

Reconnect the parts 157

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 157

Vacuum hoses 157

Which malfunction p0107 or p0108 is duplicated p0107 or p0108 157

Cr with euro obd 158

Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor 158

Ec 158 158

Component inspection 159

Cr with euro obd 159

Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor 159

Ec 159 159

Manifold absolute pressure sensor 159

Check the manifold absolute pressure sensor value corresponds to the atmospheric pressure 160

Check the voltage between ecm terminal 51 and ground at idling and confirm the voltage difference between engine is stopped and at idling is within following chart 160

Cr with euro obd 160

Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor 160

Ec 160 160

Manifold absolute pressure sensor 160

Refer to em 18 air cleaner and air duct 160

Removal and installation 160

Start engine and let it idle 160

Caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in damage to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 161

Component description 161

Cr with euro obd 161

Dtc p0112 p0113 iat sensor 161

Ec 161 161

Fail safe mode 161

On board diagnosis logic 161

The intake air temperature sensor is built into manifold absolute pressure sensor the sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ecm the temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise 161

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode 161

Cr with euro obd 162

Dtc confirmation procedure 162

Dtc p0112 p0113 iat sensor 162

Ec 162 162

With consult ii 162

With gst 162

Cr with euro obd 163

Dtc p0112 p0113 iat sensor 163

Ec 163 163

Wiring diagram 163

Cr with euro obd 164

Diagnostic procedure 164

Dtc p0112 p0113 iat sensor 164

Ec 164 164

Component inspection 165

Cr with euro obd 165

Dtc p0112 p0113 iat sensor 165

Ec 165 165

Intake air temperature sensor 165

Manifold absolute pressure sensor 165

Removal and installation 165

Caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 166

Component description 166

Cr with euro obd 166

Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 166

Ec 166 166

Fail safe mode 166

On board diagnosis logic 166

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature the sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ecm the modified signal returns to the ecm as the engine coolant temperature input the sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature the electrical resistance of the ther mistor decreases as temperature increases 166

These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 166

When this malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 166

Cr with euro obd 167

Dtc confirmation procedure 167

Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 167

Ec 167 167

With consult ii 167

With gst 167

Cr with euro obd 169

Diagnostic procedure 169

Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 169

Ec 169 169

Component inspection 170

Cr with euro obd 170

Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 170

Ec 170 170

Engine coolant temperature sensor 170

Removal and installation 170

Component description 171

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 171

Cr with euro obd 171

Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 171

Ec 171 171

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion 171

Fail safe mode 171

On board diagnosis logic 171

Specification data are reference values 171

These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 171

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 171

Cr with euro obd 172

Dtc confirmation procedure 172

Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 172

Ec 172 172

With consult ii 172

With gst 172

Cr with euro obd 173

Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 173

Ec 173 173

Wiring diagram 173

Check ground connections 174

Cr with euro obd 174

Diagnostic procedure 174

Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 174

Ec 174 174

Ok or ng 174

Repair or replace ground connections 174

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 174

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 174

Cr with euro obd 175

Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 175

Ec 175 175

Cr with euro obd 176

Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 176

Ec 176 176

Component inspection 177

Cr with euro obd 177

Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 177

Ec 177 177

Electric throttle control actuator 177

Removal and installation 177

Throttle position sensor 177

Component description 178

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 178

Cr with euro obd 178

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 178

Ec 178 178

On board diagnosis logic 178

Specification data are reference values 178

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 178

To judge the malfunction the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high 178

Cr with euro obd 179

Dtc confirmation procedure 179

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 179

Ec 179 179

With consult ii 179

With gst 179

Check ground connections 181

Cr with euro obd 181

Diagnostic procedure 181

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 181

Ec 181 181

Ok or ng 181

Repair or replace ground connections 181

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 181

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 181

Cr with euro obd 182

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 182

Ec 182 182

Component inspection 183

Cr with euro obd 183

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 183

Ec 183 183

Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 183

Cr with euro obd 184

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 184

Ec 184 184

Heated oxygen sensor 1 184

Removal and installation 184

Without consult ii 184

Component description 185

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 185

Cr with euro obd 185

Dtc p0133 ho2s1 185

Ec 185 185

On board diagnosis logic 185

Cr with euro obd 186

Dtc confirmation procedure 186

Dtc p0133 ho2s1 186

Ec 186 186

With consult ii 186

Cr with euro obd 187

Dtc p0133 ho2s1 187

Ec 187 187

Overall function check 187

With gst 187

Check ground connections 189

Cr with euro obd 189

Diagnostic procedure 189

Dtc p0133 ho2s1 189

Ec 189 189

Ok or ng 189

Repair or replace ground connections 189

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 189

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 189

Cr with euro obd 190

Dtc p0133 ho2s1 190

Ec 190 190

Cr with euro obd 191

Dtc p0133 ho2s1 191

Ec 191 191

Cr with euro obd 192

Dtc p0133 ho2s1 192

Ec 192 192

Component inspection 193

Cr with euro obd 193

Dtc p0133 ho2s1 193

Ec 193 193

Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 193

Cr with euro obd 194

Dtc p0133 ho2s1 194

Ec 194 194

Heated oxygen sensor 1 194

Removal and installation 194

Without consult ii 194

Component description 195

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 195

Cr with euro obd 195

Dtc p0134 ho2s1 195

Ec 195 195

On board diagnosis logic 195

Specification data are reference values 195

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 195

Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is not input the ecm circuits will read a continuous approximately 0 v therefore for this diagnosis the time that output voltage is within 200 to 400 mv range is monitored and the diagnosis checks that this time is not inordinately long 195

Cr with euro obd 196

Dtc confirmation procedure 196

Dtc p0134 ho2s1 196

Ec 196 196

With consult ii 196

Cr with euro obd 197

Dtc p0134 ho2s1 197

Ec 197 197

Overall function check 197

With gst 197

Check ground connections 199

Cr with euro obd 199

Diagnostic procedure 199

Dtc p0134 ho2s1 199

Ec 199 199

Ok or ng 199

Repair or replace ground connections 199

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 199

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 199

Cr with euro obd 200

Dtc p0134 ho2s1 200

Ec 200 200

Component inspection 201

Cr with euro obd 201

Dtc p0134 ho2s1 201

Ec 201 201

Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 201

Without consult ii 201

Cr with euro obd 202

Dtc p0134 ho2s1 202

Ec 202 202

Heated oxygen sensor 1 202

Removal and installation 202

Component description 203

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 203

Cr with euro obd 203

Dtc p0138 ho2s2 203

Ec 203 203

On board diagnosis logic 203

Specification data are reference values 203

The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation 203

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving condition such as fuel cut 203

Cr with euro obd 204

Dtc confirmation procedure 204

Dtc p0138 ho2s2 204

Ec 204 204

With consult ii 204

With gst 204

Cr with euro obd 205

Dtc p0138 ho2s2 205

Ec 205 205

Wiring diagram 205

Check ground connections 206

Cr with euro obd 206

Diagnostic procedure 206

Dtc p0138 ho2s2 206

Ec 206 206

Ok or ng 206

Repair or replace ground connections 206

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 206

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 206

Cr with euro obd 207

Dtc p0138 ho2s2 207

Ec 207 207

Component inspection 208

Cr with euro obd 208

Dtc p0138 ho2s2 208

Ec 208 208

Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii 208

Without consult ii 208

Cr with euro obd 209

Dtc p0138 ho2s2 209

Ec 209 209

Heated oxygen sensor 2 209

Removal and installation 209

Component description 210

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 210

Cr with euro obd 210

Dtc p0139 ho2s2 210

Ec 210 210

On board diagnosis logic 210

Specification data are reference values 210

The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation 210

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the switching response of the sen sor s voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condi tion such as fuel cut 210

Cr with euro obd 211

Dtc confirmation procedure 211

Dtc p0139 ho2s2 211

Ec 211 211

With consult ii procedure for cond1 211

Cr with euro obd 212

Dtc p0139 ho2s2 212

Ec 212 212

Overall function check 212

Procedure for cond2 212

Procedure for cond3 212

With gst 212

Cr with euro obd 213

Dtc p0139 ho2s2 213

Ec 213 213

Wiring diagram 213

Check ground connections 214

Cr with euro obd 214

Diagnostic procedure 214

Dtc p0139 ho2s2 214

Ec 214 214

Ok or ng 214

Repair or replace ground connections 214

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 214

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 214

Cr with euro obd 215

Dtc p0139 ho2s2 215

Ec 215 215

Component inspection 216

Cr with euro obd 216

Dtc p0139 ho2s2 216

Ec 216 216

Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii 216

Cr with euro obd 217

Dtc p0139 ho2s2 217

Ec 217 217

Heated oxygen sensor 2 217

Removal and installation 217

Without consult ii 217

Cr with euro obd 218

Dtc confirmation procedure 218

Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function 218

Ec 218 218

On board diagnosis logic 218

With consult ii 218

Cr with euro obd 219

Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function 219

Ec 219 219

If it is difficult to start engine at step 6 the fuel injection system has a malfunction too 8 crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal if engine starts go to ec 222 diagnostic procedure if engine does not start check exhaust and intake air leak visually 219

If it is difficult to start engine at step 8 the fuel injection system has a malfunction 11 crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal if engine starts go to ec 222 diagnostic procedure if engine does not start check exhaust and intake air leak visually 219

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds 3 disconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor harness connec tor 4 restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds 5 stop engine and reconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor harness connector 6 select service 03 with gst make sure dtc p0107 is detected 7 select service 04 with gst and erase the dtc p0107 8 start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes 9 select service 07 with gst the 1st trip dtc p0171 should be detected at this stage if a malfunction exists if so go to ec 222 diagnostic procedure note if 1st trip dtc is not detected during above procedure performing the following procedure is advised a turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds b start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data for 10 min utes refer to the table below hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible 219

The similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data means the vehicle operation that the following con ditions should be satisfied at the same time 219

With gst 219

Cr with euro obd 221

Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function 221

Ec 221 221

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 221

Cr with euro obd 222

Diagnostic procedure 222

Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function 222

Ec 222 222

Cr with euro obd 223

Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function 223

Ec 223 223

Cr with euro obd 224

Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function 224

Ec 224 224

Check intermittent incident 225

Cr with euro obd 225

Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function 225

Ec 225 225

Inspection end 225

Refer to ec 127 trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident 225

Cr with euro obd 226

Dtc confirmation procedure 226

Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function 226

Ec 226 226

If it is difficult to start engine at step 6 the fuel injection system has a malfunction too 8 crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal 226

Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 226

On board diagnosis logic 226

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds 3 turn ignition switch on and select self learning cont in work support mode with con sult ii 4 clear the self learning control coefficient by touching clear 5 select data monitor mode with consult ii 6 start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes the 1st trip dtc p0172 should be detected at this stage if a malfunction exists if so go to ec 230 diagnostic procedure note if 1st trip dtc is not detected during above procedure perform ing the following procedure is advised a turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds b start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data for a certain time refer to the table below hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible 226

The similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data means the vehicle operation that the following con ditions should be satisfied at the same time 226

With consult ii 226

With the air fuel mixture ratio self learning control the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensors 1 the ecm calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios in case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large the actual mixture ratio is too rich the ecm judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the mi 2 trip detection logic 226

Cr with euro obd 227

Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function 227

Ec 227 227

With gst 227

Cr with euro obd 229

Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function 229

Ec 229 229

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 229

Cr with euro obd 230

Diagnostic procedure 230

Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function 230

Ec 230 230

Cr with euro obd 231

Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function 231

Ec 231 231

Cr with euro obd 232

Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function 232

Ec 232 232

Component description 233

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 233

Cr with euro obd 233

Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 233

Ec 233 233

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion 233

Fail safe mode 233

On board diagnosis logic 233

Specification data are reference values 233

These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 233

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 233

Cr with euro obd 234

Dtc confirmation procedure 234

Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 234

Ec 234 234

With consult ii 234

With gst 234

Cr with euro obd 235

Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 235

Ec 235 235

Wiring diagram 235

Cr with euro obd 236

Diagnostic procedure 236

Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 236

Ec 236 236

Ok or ng 236

Repair or replace ground connections 236

Retighten ground connections 236

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 236

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 236

Cr with euro obd 237

Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 237

Ec 237 237

Cr with euro obd 238

Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 238

Ec 238 238

Component inspection 239

Cr with euro obd 239

Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 239

Ec 239 239

Electric throttle control actuator 239

Removal and installation 239

Throttle position sensor 239

Caution always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv ing note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 240

Cr with euro obd 240

Dtc confirmation procedure 240

Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire 240

Ec 240 240

On board diagnosis logic 240

The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions 1 one trip detection logic three way catalyst damage on the first trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst twc due to over heating the mi will blink when a misfire condition occurs the ecm monitors the ckp sensor pos signal every 200 engine revo lutions for a change when the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the twc the mi will turn off if another misfire condition occurs that can damage the twc on a second trip the mi will blink when the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the twc the mi will remain on if another misfire condition occurs that can damage the twc the mi will begin to blink again 2 two trip detection logic exhaust quality deterioration for misfire conditions that will not damage the twc but will affect vehicle emissions the mi will only light when the misfire is detected on a second trip during this condition the ecm mo 240

When a misfire occurs engine speed will fluctuate if the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank shaft position ckp sensor pos signal to vary ecm can determine that a misfire is occurring 240

Cr with euro obd 241

Diagnostic procedure 241

Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire 241

Ec 241 241

With consult ii 241

With gst 241

Cr with euro obd 242

Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire 242

Ec 242 242

Cr with euro obd 243

Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire 243

Ec 243 243

Cr with euro obd 244

Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire 244

Ec 244 244

Cr with euro obd 245

Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire 245

Ec 245 245

Component description 246

Cr with euro obd 246

Dtc confirmation procedure 246

Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 246

Ec 246 246

On board diagnosis logic 246

With consult ii 246

With gst 246

Cr with euro obd 247

Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 247

Ec 247 247

Wiring diagram 247

Cr with euro obd 248

Diagnostic procedure 248

Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 248

Ec 248 248

Component inspection 249

Cr with euro obd 249

Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 249

Ec 249 249

Knock sensor 249

Removal and installation 249

Component description 250

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 250

Cr with euro obd 250

Dtc confirmation procedure 250

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 250

Ec 250 250

Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 v with igni tion switch on 250

On board diagnosis logic 250

Specification data are reference values 250

The crankshaft position sensor pos is located on the cylinder block rear housing facing the gear teeth cogs of the signal plate at the end of the crankshaft it detects the fluctuation of the engine rev olution the sensor consists of a permanent magnet and hall ic when the engine is running the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change the changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change due to the changing magnetic field the voltage from the sensor changes the ecm receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution ecm receives the signals as shown in the figure 250

Cr with euro obd 251

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 251

Ec 251 251

Follow the procedure with consult ii above 251

Turn ignition switch on and select data monitor mode with consult ii 2 crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 sec onds at idle speed 3 if 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 254 diagnostic procedure 251

With consult ii 251

With gst 251

Cr with euro obd 253

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 253

Ec 253 253

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 253

Cr with euro obd 254

Diagnostic procedure 254

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 254

Ec 254 254

Cr with euro obd 255

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 255

Ec 255 255

Component inspection 256

Cr with euro obd 256

Crankshaft position sensor pos 256

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 256

Ec 256 256

Removal and installation 256

Component description 257

Cr with euro obd 257

Dtc confirmation procedure 257

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 257

Ec 257 257

Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 v with igni tion switch on 257

On board diagnosis logic 257

The camshaft position sensor phase senses the retraction of camshaft intake to identify a particular cylinder the camshaft posi tion sensor phase senses the piston position when the crankshaft position sensor pos system becomes inoper ative the camshaft position sensor phase provides various con trols of engine parts instead utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals the sensor consists of a permanent magnet and hall ic when engine is running the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change the changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change due to the changing magnetic field the voltage from the sensor changes ecm receives the signals as shown in the figure 257

Turn ignition switch on 257

With consult ii 257

Cr with euro obd 258

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 258

Ec 258 258

With gst 258

Cr with euro obd 259

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 259

Ec 259 259

Wiring diagram 259

Check starting system 260

Check starting system refer to sc 45 starting system 260

Cr with euro obd 260

Diagnostic procedure 260

Does the engine turn over does the starter motor operate 260

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 260

Ec 260 260

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 260

Turn ignition switch to start position 260

Yes or no 260

Cr with euro obd 261

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 261

Ec 261 261

Cr with euro obd 262

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 262

Ec 262 262

Camshaft position sensor phase 263

Check resistance as shown in the figure 263

Component inspection 263

Cr with euro obd 263

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 263

Ec 263 263

Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor 2 disconnect camshaft position sensor phase harness connector 3 remove the sensor 4 visually check the sensor for chipping 263

Refer to em 38 camshaft 263

Removal and installation 263

Cr with euro obd 264

Dtc confirmation procedure 264

Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function 264

Ec 264 264

On board diagnosis logic 264

With consult ii 264

Cr with euro obd 265

Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function 265

Ec 265 265

Overall function check 265

With gst 265

Cr with euro obd 266

Diagnostic procedure 266

Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function 266

Ec 266 266

Cr with euro obd 267

Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function 267

Ec 267 267

Cr with euro obd 268

Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function 268

Ec 268 268

Check intermittent incident 269

Cr with euro obd 269

Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function 269

Ec 269 269

Refer to ec 127 trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident 269

Replace three way catalyst manifold 269

Component description 270

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 270

Cr with euro obd 270

Description 270

Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 270

Ec 270 270

On board diagnosis logic 270

Specification data are reference values 270

System description 270

The evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a on off duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canis ter the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by on off pulses from the ecm the longer the on pulse the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve 270

This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canister the opening of the vapor by pass pas sage in the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats on off operation according to the signal sent from the ecm the opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control the optimum value stored in the ecm is determined by considering various engine conditions when the engine is operating the flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canister is regulated as the air flow changes 270

Cr with euro obd 271

Dtc confirmation procedure 271

Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 271

Ec 271 271

With consult ii 271

With gst 271

Cr with euro obd 273

Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 273

Ec 273 273

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 273

Cr with euro obd 274

Diagnostic procedure 274

Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 274

Ec 274 274

Component inspection 275

Cr with euro obd 275

Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 275

Ec 275 275

Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve with consult ii 275

Without consult ii 275

Cr with euro obd 277

Description 277

Dtc confirmation procedure 277

Dtc p0500 vss 277

Ec 277 277

On board diagnosis logic 277

With consult ii 277

Cr with euro obd 278

Diagnostic procedure 278

Dtc p0500 vss 278

Ec 278 278

Overall function check 278

With gst 278

Component description 279

Cr with euro obd 279

Dtc confirmation procedure 279

Dtc p0605 ecm 279

Ec 279 279

Fail safe mode 279

On board diagnosis logic 279

Procedure for malfunction a with consult ii 279

With gst 279

Cr with euro obd 280

Diagnostic procedure 280

Dtc p0605 ecm 280

Ec 280 280

Procedure for malfunction b with consult ii 280

Procedure for malfunction c with consult ii 280

With gst 280

Cr with euro obd 281

Dtc p0605 ecm 281

Ec 281 281

Component description 282

Cr with euro obd 282

Dtc confirmation procedure 282

Dtc p1065 ecm power supply 282

Ec 282 282

On board diagnosis logic 282

With consult ii 282

With gst 282

Cr with euro obd 283

Dtc p1065 ecm power supply 283

Ec 283 283

Wiring diagram 283

Cr with euro obd 284

Diagnostic procedure 284

Dtc p1065 ecm power supply 284

Ec 284 284

Cr with euro obd 285

Dtc p1065 ecm power supply 285

Ec 285 285

Component description 286

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 286

Cr with euro obd 286

Dtc confirmation procedure 286

Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 286

Ec 286 286

Following the procedure with consult ii above 286

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by on off pulse duty ratio signals from the ecm the intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit or stops oil flow the longer pulse width advances valve angle the shorter pulse width retards valve angle when on and off pulse widths become equal the solenoid valve stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control position 286

Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 286

On board diagnosis logic 286

Specification data are reference values 286

Turn ignition switch on 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds 4 if 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 289 diagnostic procedure 286

With consult ii 286

With gst 286

Cr with euro obd 287

Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 287

Ec 287 287

Wiring diagram 287

Cr with euro obd 288

Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 288

Ec 288 288

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 288

Cr with euro obd 289

Diagnostic procedure 289

Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 289

Ec 289 289

Component inspection 290

Cr with euro obd 290

Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 290

Ec 290 290

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 290

Removal and installation 290

Component description 291

Cr with euro obd 291

Dtc confirmation procedure 291

Dtc p1121 electric throttle control actuator 291

Ec 291 291

Fail safe mode 291

On board diagnosis logic 291

Procedure for malfunction a and b with consult ii 291

Cr with euro obd 292

Diagnostic procedure 292

Dtc p1121 electric throttle control actuator 292

Ec 292 292

Procedure for malfunction c with consult ii 292

With gst 292

Cr with euro obd 293

Description 293

Dtc confirmation procedure 293

Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 293

Ec 293 293

Fail safe mode 293

On board diagnosis logic 293

With consult ii 293

With gst 293

Check ground connections 295

Cr with euro obd 295

Diagnostic procedure 295

Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 295

Ec 295 295

Ok or ng 295

Repair or replace ground connections 295

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 295

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 295

Cr with euro obd 296

Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 296

Ec 296 296

Cr with euro obd 297

Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 297

Ec 297 297

Component inspection 298

Cr with euro obd 298

Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 298

Ec 298 298

Electric throttle control actuator 298

Removal and installation 298

Throttle control motor 298

Component description 299

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 299

Cr with euro obd 299

Dtc confirmation procedure 299

Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 299

Ec 299 299

Fail safe mode 299

Follow the procedure with consult ii above 299

Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 299

On board diagnosis logic 299

Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ecm via throttle control motor relay the throttle control motor relay is on off controlled by the ecm when the ignition switch is turned on the ecm sends an on signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ecm when the ignition switch is turned off the ecm sends an off signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not provided to the ecm 299

Procedure for dtc p1124 299

Specification data are reference values 299

Testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 8v 299

These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 299

Turn ignition switch on and wait at least 1 second 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 if dtc is detected go to ec 302 diagnostic procedure 299

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 299

With consult ii 299

With gst 299

Cr with euro obd 300

Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 300

Ec 300 300

Procedure for dtc p1126 with consult ii 300

With gst 300

Cr with euro obd 301

Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 301

Ec 301 301

Wiring diagram 301

Check throttle control motor relay power supply circuit i 302

Cr with euro obd 302

Diagnostic procedure 302

Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 302

Ec 302 302

Go to 2 302

Ok or ng 302

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 302

Turn ignition switch off 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 104 and ground with consult ii or tester 302

Voltage battery voltage 302

Cr with euro obd 303

Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 303

Ec 303 303

Cr with euro obd 304

Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 304

Ec 304 304

Component description 305

Cr with euro obd 305

Dtc confirmation procedure 305

Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 305

Ec 305 305

Fail safe mode 305

On board diagnosis logic 305

With consult ii 305

With gst 305

Check ground connections 307

Cr with euro obd 307

Diagnostic procedure 307

Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 307

Ec 307 307

Ok or ng 307

Repair or replace ground connections 307

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 307

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 307

Component inspection 308

Cr with euro obd 308

Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 308

Ec 308 308

Throttle control motor 308

Cr with euro obd 309

Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 309

Ec 309 309

Electric throttle control actuator 309

Refer to em 18 air cleaner and air duct 309

Removal and installation 309

Component description 310

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 310

Cr with euro obd 310

Dtc p1143 ho2s1 310

Ec 310 310

On board diagnosis logic 310

Specification data are reference values 310

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 310

To judge the malfunction the output from the heated oxygen sensor 1 is monitored to determine whether the rich output is sufficiently high and whether the lean output is sufficiently low when both the outputs are shifting to the lean side the malfunction will be detected 310

Cr with euro obd 311

Dtc confirmation procedure 311

Dtc p1143 ho2s1 311

Ec 311 311

With consult ii 311

Cr with euro obd 312

Diagnostic procedure 312

Dtc p1143 ho2s1 312

Ec 312 312

Overall function check 312

With gst 312

Cr with euro obd 313

Dtc p1143 ho2s1 313

Ec 313 313

Component inspection 314

Cr with euro obd 314

Dtc p1143 ho2s1 314

Ec 314 314

Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 314

Cr with euro obd 315

Dtc p1143 ho2s1 315

Ec 315 315

Heated oxygen sensor 1 315

Removal and installation 315

Without consult ii 315

Component description 316

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 316

Cr with euro obd 316

Dtc p1144 ho2s1 316

Ec 316 316

On board diagnosis logic 316

Specification data are reference values 316

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 316

To judge the malfunction the output from the heated oxygen sensor 1 is monitored to determine whether the rich output is sufficiently high and whether the lean output is sufficiently low when both the outputs are shifting to the rich side the malfunction will be detected 316

Cr with euro obd 317

Dtc confirmation procedure 317

Dtc p1144 ho2s1 317

Ec 317 317

With consult ii 317

Cr with euro obd 318

Diagnostic procedure 318

Dtc p1144 ho2s1 318

Ec 318 318

Overall function check 318

With gst 318

Cr with euro obd 319

Dtc p1144 ho2s1 319

Ec 319 319

Component inspection 320

Cr with euro obd 320

Dtc p1144 ho2s1 320

Ec 320 320

Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 320

Cr with euro obd 321

Dtc p1144 ho2s1 321

Ec 321 321

Heated oxygen sensor 1 321

Removal and installation 321

Without consult ii 321

Caution always drive vehicle at a safe speed note 322

Completed will appear on consult ii screen when all tests cond1 cond2 and cond3 are completed 322

Component description 322

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 322

Cr with euro obd 322

Dtc confirmation procedure 322

Dtc p1146 ho2s2 322

Ec 322 322

If dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition never stop engine during this procedure if the engine is stopped retry procedure from step 2 in pro cedure for cond1 322

On board diagnosis logic 322

Specification data are reference values 322

The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation 322

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during the various driving condition such as fuel cut 322

Cr with euro obd 323

Dtc p1146 ho2s2 323

Ec 323 323

Procedure for cond2 323

With consult ii procedure for cond1 323

Cr with euro obd 324

Dtc p1146 ho2s2 324

Ec 324 324

Overall function check 324

Procedure for cond3 324

With gst 324

Cr with euro obd 325

Dtc p1146 ho2s2 325

Ec 325 325

Wiring diagram 325

Check ground connections 326

Cr with euro obd 326

Diagnostic procedure 326

Dtc p1146 ho2s2 326

Ec 326 326

Ok or ng 326

Repair or replace ground connections 326

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 326

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 326

Cr with euro obd 327

Dtc p1146 ho2s2 327

Ec 327 327

Component inspection 328

Cr with euro obd 328

Dtc p1146 ho2s2 328

Ec 328 328

Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii 328

Cr with euro obd 329

Dtc p1146 ho2s2 329

Ec 329 329

Heated oxygen sensor 2 329

Removal and installation 329

Without consult ii 329

Component description 330

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 330

Cr with euro obd 330

Dtc p1147 ho2s2 330

Ec 330 330

On board diagnosis logic 330

Specification data are reference values 330

The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation 330

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel cut 330

Cr with euro obd 331

Dtc confirmation procedure 331

Dtc p1147 ho2s2 331

Ec 331 331

With consult ii procedure for cond1 331

Cr with euro obd 332

Dtc p1147 ho2s2 332

Ec 332 332

Overall function check 332

Procedure for cond2 332

Procedure for cond3 332

With gst 332

Cr with euro obd 333

Dtc p1147 ho2s2 333

Ec 333 333

Wiring diagram 333

Check ground connections 334

Cr with euro obd 334

Diagnostic procedure 334

Dtc p1147 ho2s2 334

Ec 334 334

Ok or ng 334

Repair or replace ground connections 334

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 334

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 334

Cr with euro obd 335

Dtc p1147 ho2s2 335

Ec 335 335

Component inspection 336

Cr with euro obd 336

Dtc p1147 ho2s2 336

Ec 336 336

Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii 336

Cr with euro obd 337

Dtc p1147 ho2s2 337

Ec 337 337

Heated oxygen sensor 2 337

Removal and installation 337

Without consult ii 337

Cr with euro obd 338

Dtc confirmation procedure 338

Dtc p1171 intake error 338

Ec 338 338

Fail safe mode 338

On board diagnosis logic 338

With consult ii 338

With gst 338

Cr with euro obd 339

Dtc p1171 intake error 339

Ec 339 339

Wiring diagram 339

Check intake air leak 340

Check intake manifold vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection refer to ec 92 vacuum hose draw ing ok or ng 340

Check vacuum hose 340

Cr with euro obd 340

Diagnostic procedure 340

Dtc p1171 intake error 340

Ec 340 340

Listen for an intake air leak after the air cleaner element ok or ng 340

Repair or replace 340

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 340

Cr with euro obd 341

Dtc p1171 intake error 341

Ec 341 341

Cr with euro obd 342

Dtc p1171 intake error 342

Ec 342 342

Cr with euro obd 343

Description 343

Diagnostic procedure 343

Dtc confirmation procedure 343

Dtc p1211 tcs control unit 343

Ec 343 343

On board diagnosis logic 343

With consult ii 343

With gst 343

Cr with euro obd 344

Description 344

Diagnostic procedure 344

Dtc confirmation procedure 344

Dtc p1212 tcs communication line 344

Ec 344 344

On board diagnosis logic 344

With consult ii 344

With gst 344

Cooling fan control 345

Cr with euro obd 345

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 345

Ec 345 345

If dtc p1217 is displayed with dtc u1001 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1001 refer to ec 134 dtc u1001 can communication line 345

If dtc p1217 is displayed with dtc u1010 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 137 dtc u1010 can communication 345

Operation models with a c 345

System description 345

The ecm controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed engine coolant temperature refrigerant pressure and air conditioner on signal the control system has 3 step control high low off models with a c or 2 step control on off models without a c the ecm controls cooling fan relays through can communication line 345

Caution when a malfunction is indicated be sure to replace the coolant refer to co 9 changing engine coolant also replace the engine oil refer to lu 7 changing engine oil 1 fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute be sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio refer to ma 26 engine coolant mixture ratio 346

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 346

Cr with euro obd 346

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 346

Ec 346 346

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions engine coolant temperature will rise when the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition a malfunction is indicated this self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic 346

Models without a c 346

On board diagnosis logic 346

Specification data are reference values 346

Cr with euro obd 347

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 347

Ec 347 347

Overall function check 347

With consult ii 347

With gst models with air conditioner 347

Cr with euro obd 348

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 348

Ec 348 348

Models without air conditioner 348

Cr with euro obd 349

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 349

Ec 349 349

Models with air conditioner 349

Wiring diagram 349

Cr with euro obd 351

Diagnostic procedure 351

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 351

Ec 351 351

Procedure for models with air conditioner 351

Cr with euro obd 352

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 352

Ec 352 352

Cr with euro obd 353

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 353

Ec 353 353

Procedure a 353

Cr with euro obd 354

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 354

Ec 354 354

Procedure b 354

Cr with euro obd 355

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 355

Ec 355 355

Procedure for models without air conditioner 355

Cr with euro obd 356

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 356

Ec 356 356

Procedure a 356

Also check harness for short to ground and short to power ok or ng 357

Check cooling fan motor 357

Check cooling fan motors circuit 357

Check intermittent incident 357

Check the following 357

Continuity should exist 357

Cr with euro obd 357

Detect malfunctioning part 357

Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector 2 check harness continuity between cooling fan motor terminal 1 and ipdm e r terminal 10 cooling fan motor terminal 2 and ground refer to wiring diagram 357

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 357

Ec 357 357

Go to 4 357

Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and ground 357

Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and ipdm e r 357

Main 12 causes of overheating 357

Perform ec 127 trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident ok or ng 357

Refer to ec 358 component inspection ok or ng 357

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors 357

Repair or replace harness or connector 357

Replace cooling fan motor 357

Replace ipdm e r refer to pg 18 ipdm e r intelligent power distribution mod 357

Component inspection 358

Cooling fan motor 358

Cr with euro obd 358

Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector 2 supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation 358

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 358

Ec 358 358

Component description 359

Cr with euro obd 359

Dtc confirmation procedure 359

Dtc p1225 tp sensor 359

Ec 359 359

On board diagnosis logic 359

With consult ii 359

With gst 359

Cr with euro obd 360

Diagnostic procedure 360

Dtc p1225 tp sensor 360

Ec 360 360

Electric throttle control actuator 360

Removal and installation 360

Component description 361

Cr with euro obd 361

Dtc confirmation procedure 361

Dtc p1226 tp sensor 361

Ec 361 361

On board diagnosis logic 361

With consult ii 361

With gst 361

Cr with euro obd 362

Diagnostic procedure 362

Dtc p1226 tp sensor 362

Ec 362 362

Electric throttle control actuator 362

Removal and installation 362

Cr with euro obd 363

Dtc confirmation procedure 363

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 363

Ec 363 363

Fail safe mode 363

Follow the procedure with consult ii above 363

Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 10v at idle 363

On board diagnosis logic 363

This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic 363

Turn ignition switch on 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 start engine and let it idle for 1 second 4 if dtc is detected go to ec 368 diagnostic procedure 363

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 363

With consult ii 363

With gst 363

Cr with euro obd 365

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 365

Ec 365 365

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 365

Cr with euro obd 367

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 367

Ec 367 367

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 367

Cr with euro obd 368

Diagnostic procedure 368

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 368

Ec 368 368

Cr with euro obd 369

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 369

Ec 369 369

Cr with euro obd 370

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 370

Ec 370 370

Caution always drive vehicle at a safe speed note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 371

Component description 371

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 371

Cr with euro obd 371

Dtc confirmation procedure 371

Dtc p1706 pnp switch 371

Ec 371 371

If 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 374 diagnostic procedure 371

If ng go to ec 374 diagnostic procedure if ok go to following step 3 select data monitor mode with consult ii 4 start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 5 maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive sec onds 371

On board diagnosis logic 371

Specification data are reference values 371

Turn ignition switch on 2 select p n posi sw in data monitor mode with con sult ii then check the p n posi sw signal under the follow ing conditions 371

When the shift lever position is neutral park neutral position pnp switch is on ecm detects the position because the continuity of the line the on signal exists 371

With consult ii 371

Cr with euro obd 372

Dtc p1706 pnp switch 372

Ec 372 372

Overall function check 372

With gst 372

Cr with euro obd 373

Dtc p1706 pnp switch 373

Ec 373 373

Wiring diagram 373

Cr with euro obd 374

Diagnostic procedure 374

Dtc p1706 pnp switch 374

Ec 374 374

Cr with euro obd 375

Dtc p1706 pnp switch 375

Ec 375 375

Cr with euro obd 376

Dtc p1706 pnp switch 376

Ec 376 376

Brake switch signal is applied to the ecm through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed this signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving 377

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 377

Cr with euro obd 377

Description 377

Dtc confirmation procedure 377

Dtc p1805 brake switch 377

Ec 377 377

Fail safe mode 377

On board diagnosis logic 377

Specification data are reference values 377

The mi will not light up for this self diagnosis 377

Turn ignition switch on 2 fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds 3 erase the dtc with consult ii 4 select data monitor mode with consult ii 5 if 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 380 diagnostic procedure 377

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode 377

With consult ii 377

Cr with euro obd 379

Dtc p1805 brake switch 379

Ec 379 379

Wiring diagram 379

Cr with euro obd 380

Diagnostic procedure 380

Dtc p1805 brake switch 380

Ec 380 380

Cr with euro obd 381

Dtc p1805 brake switch 381

Ec 381 381

Component inspection 382

Cr with euro obd 382

Dtc p1805 brake switch 382

Ec 382 382

Stop lamp switch 382

Component description 383

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 383

Cr with euro obd 383

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 383

Ec 383 383

Fail safe mode 383

On board diagnosis logic 383

Specification data are reference values 383

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut 383

These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2122 or p2123 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 363 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 383

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 383

Cr with euro obd 384

Dtc confirmation procedure 384

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 384

Ec 384 384

With consult ii 384

With gst 384

Cr with euro obd 385

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 385

Ec 385 385

Lhd models 385

Wiring diagram 385

Cr with euro obd 386

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 386

Ec 386 386

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 386

Cr with euro obd 387

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 387

Ec 387 387

Rhd models 387

Check ground connections 388

Cr with euro obd 388

Diagnostic procedure 388

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 388

Ec 388 388

Ok or ng 388

Repair or replace ground connections 388

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 388

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 388

Cr with euro obd 389

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 389

Ec 389 389

Accelerator pedal position sensor 390

Component inspection 390

Cr with euro obd 390

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 390

Ec 390 390

Accelerator pedal 391

Cr with euro obd 391

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 391

Ec 391 391

Removal and installation 391

Component description 392

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 392

Cr with euro obd 392

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 392

Ec 392 392

Fail safe mode 392

On board diagnosis logic 392

Specification data are reference values 392

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut 392

These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 392

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 392

Cr with euro obd 393

Dtc confirmation procedure 393

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 393

Ec 393 393

With consult ii 393

With gst 393

Cr with euro obd 395

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 395

Ec 395 395

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 395

Check ground connections 397

Cr with euro obd 397

Diagnostic procedure 397

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 397

Ec 397 397

Ok or ng 397

Repair or replace ground connections 397

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 397

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 397

Cr with euro obd 398

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 398

Ec 398 398

Cr with euro obd 399

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 399

Ec 399 399

Accelerator pedal position sensor 400

Component inspection 400

Cr with euro obd 400

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 400

Ec 400 400

Accelerator pedal 401

Cr with euro obd 401

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 401

Ec 401 401

Removal and installation 401

Component description 402

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 402

Cr with euro obd 402

Dtc p2135 tp sensor 402

Ec 402 402

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion 402

Fail safe mode 402

On board diagnosis logic 402

Specification data are reference values 402

This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic 402

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 402

Cr with euro obd 403

Dtc confirmation procedure 403

Dtc p2135 tp sensor 403

Ec 403 403

With consult ii 403

With gst 403

Check ground connections 405

Cr with euro obd 405

Diagnostic procedure 405

Dtc p2135 tp sensor 405

Ec 405 405

Ok or ng 405

Repair or replace ground connections 405

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 405

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 405

Cr with euro obd 406

Dtc p2135 tp sensor 406

Ec 406 406

Cr with euro obd 407

Dtc p2135 tp sensor 407

Ec 407 407

Component inspection 408

Cr with euro obd 408

Dtc p2135 tp sensor 408

Ec 408 408

Electric throttle control actuator 408

Removal and installation 408

Throttle position sensor 408

Component description 409

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 409

Cr with euro obd 409

Dtc p2138 app sensor 409

Ec 409 409

Fail safe mode 409

On board diagnosis logic 409

Specification data are reference values 409

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut 409

This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2138 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 363 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 409

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 409

Cr with euro obd 410

Dtc confirmation procedure 410

Dtc p2138 app sensor 410

Ec 410 410

With consult ii 410

With gst 410

Cr with euro obd 411

Dtc p2138 app sensor 411

Ec 411 411

Lhd models 411

Wiring diagram 411

Cr with euro obd 412

Dtc p2138 app sensor 412

Ec 412 412

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 412

Cr with euro obd 413

Dtc p2138 app sensor 413

Ec 413 413

Rhd models 413

Check ground connections 414

Cr with euro obd 414

Diagnostic procedure 414

Dtc p2138 app sensor 414

Ec 414 414

Ok or ng 414

Repair or replace ground connections 414

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 414

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 414

Cr with euro obd 415

Dtc p2138 app sensor 415

Ec 415 415

Cr with euro obd 416

Dtc p2138 app sensor 416

Ec 416 416

Cr with euro obd 417

Dtc p2138 app sensor 417

Ec 417 417

Accelerator pedal 418

Accelerator pedal position sensor 418

Component inspection 418

Cr with euro obd 418

Dtc p2138 app sensor 418

Ec 418 418

Removal and installation 418

Check load signal circuit overall function i 419

Check load signal circuit overall function ii 419

Check load signal indication under the following conditions 419

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 419

Cr with euro obd 419

Description 419

Diagnostic procedure 419

Ec 419 419

Electrical load signal 419

Go to 4 419

Go to 5 419

Ok or ng 419

Specification data are reference values 419

The electrical load signal headlamp switch signal rear window defogger switch signal etc is transferred through the can communication line from ipdm e r to ecm 419

Turn ignition switch on 2 connect consult ii and select data monitor mode 3 select load signal and check indication under the following conditions 419

Cr with euro obd 420

Ec 420 420

Electrical load signal 420

Component description 421

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 421

Cr with euro obd 421

Ec 421 421

Fuel injector 421

Specification data are reference values 421

The fuel injector is a small precise solenoid valve when the ecm supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit the coil in the fuel injec tor is energized the energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold the amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura tion pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open the ecm controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs 421

Cr with euro obd 423

Diagnostic procedure 423

Ec 423 423

Fuel injector 423

Go to 3 423

Inspection start 423

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 423

Turn ignition switch to start is any cylinder ignited yes or no 423

Cr with euro obd 424

Ec 424 424

Fuel injector 424

Cr with euro obd 425

Ec 425 425

Fuel injector 425

Component inspection 426

Cr with euro obd 426

Ec 426 426

Fuel injector 426

Removal and installation 426

A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank 427

Component description 427

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 427

Cr with euro obd 427

Description 427

Ec 427 427

Fuel pump 427

Specification data are reference values 427

System description 427

The ecm activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve engine startability if the ecm receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor pos and cam shaft position sensor phase it knows that the engine is rotating and causes the pump to operate if the engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is on the engine stalls the ecm stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging thereby improving safety the ecm does not directly drive the fuel pump it controls the on off fuel pump relay which in turn controls the fuel pump 427

Cr with euro obd 429

Diagnostic procedure 429

Ec 429 429

Fuel pump 429

Cr with euro obd 430

Ec 430 430

Fuel pump 430

Component inspection 431

Cr with euro obd 431

Ec 431 431

Fuel pump 431

Cr with euro obd 432

Ec 432 432

Fuel pump 432

Removal and installation 432

Component description 433

Cr with euro obd 433

Ec 433 433

Ignition coil power transistor 433

Ignition signal 433

The ignition signal from the ecm is sent to and amplified by the power transistor the power transistor turns on and off the ignition coil primary circuit this on off operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil secondary circuit 433

Cr with euro obd 435

Ec 435 435

Ignition signal 435

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 435

Check engine start 437

Check overall function 437

Cr with euro obd 437

Diagnostic procedure 437

Ec 437 437

Go to 10 437

Go to 4 437

Ignition signal 437

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 437

Turn ignition switch off and restart engine is engine running yes or no 437

With consult ii 1 perform power balance in active test mode with consult ii 2 make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop ok or ng 437

Cr with euro obd 438

Ec 438 438

Ignition signal 438

Cr with euro obd 439

Ec 439 439

Ignition signal 439

Cr with euro obd 440

Ec 440 440

Ignition signal 440

Component inspection 441

Cr with euro obd 441

Ec 441 441

Ignition coil with power transistor 441

Ignition signal 441

Condenser 442

Cr with euro obd 442

Ec 442 442

Ignition coil with power transistor 442

Ignition signal 442

Removal and installation 442

Component description 443

Cr with euro obd 443

Ec 443 443

Refrigerant pressure sensor 443

The refrigerant pressure sensor 1 is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system the sensor uses an electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage the voltage signal is sent to ecm and ecm controls cooling fan system 443

Check ground connections 445

Check refrigerant pressure sensor overall function 445

Cr with euro obd 445

Diagnostic procedure 445

Ec 445 445

Go to 2 445

Ok or ng 445

Refrigerant pressure sensor 445

Repair or replace ground connections 445

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 445

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn a c switch and blower fan switch on 3 check voltage between ecm terminal 69 and ground with con sult ii or tester 445

Turn a c switch and blower fan switch off 2 turn ignition switch off 3 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 445

Voltage 1 4 v 445

Cr with euro obd 446

Ec 446 446

Refrigerant pressure sensor 446

Cr with euro obd 447

Ec 447 447

Refrigerant pressure sensor 447

Removal and installation 447

Calculated load value 449

Camshaft position sensor phase 449

Cr with euro obd 449

Crankshaft position sensor pos 449

Ec 449 449

Engine coolant temperature sensor 449

Fuel pressure 449

Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater 449

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater 449

Idle speed 449

Intake air temperature sensor 449

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 449

Knock sensor 449

Manifold absolute pressure sensor 449

Refer to ec 256 component inspection 449

Refer to ec 263 component inspection 449

Service data and specifications sds 449

Cr with euro obd 450

Ec 450 450

Fuel injector 450

Fuel pump 450

Service data and specifications sds 450

Throttle control motor 450

Cr without euro obd 451

Dtc no index 451

Ec 451 451

If dtc u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1001 refer to ec 549 dtc u1001 can communication line 451

If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 552 dtc u1010 can communication 451

Index for dtc 451

Cr without euro obd 452

Ec 452 452

Index for dtc 452

Alphabetical index 453

Cr without euro obd 453

Ec 453 453

If dtc u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1001 refer to ec 549 dtc u1001 can communication line 453

If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 552 dtc u1010 can communication 453

Index for dtc 453

Cr without euro obd 454

Ec 454 454

Index for dtc 454

Cr without euro obd 455

Ec 455 455

Lhd models 455

Maintenance information 455

On board diagnostic obd system of engine 455

Precautions 455

Precautions for procedures without cowl top cover 455

Precautions for supplemental restraint system srs air bag and seat belt pre tensioner 455

Rhd models 455

Cr without euro obd 456

Ec 456 456

Precaution 456

Precautions 456

Cr without euro obd 457

Ec 457 457

Precautions 457

Cr without euro obd 458

Ec 458 458

Precautions 458

Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing wave radio can be kept smaller 459

Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body 459

Cr without euro obd 459

Ec 459 459

Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic control units 459

Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm 8 in away from the harness of electronic controls do not let them run parallel for a long distance 459

Precautions 459

When installing c b ham radio or a mobile phone be sure to observe the following as it may adversely affect elec tronic control systems depending on installation location 459

Cr without euro obd 460

Ec 460 460

Preparation 460

Special service tools 460

Commercial service tools 461

Cr without euro obd 461

Ec 461 461

Preparation 461

Cr without euro obd 463

During acceleration 463

During deceleration 463

During high engine speed operation 463

During warm up 463

Ec 463 463

Engine control system 463

Hot engine operation 463

Input output signal chart 463

Mixture ratio feedback control closed loop control 463

Multiport fuel injection mfi system 463

System description 463

The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ecm the ecm controls the length of time the valve remains open injection pulse duration the amount of fuel injected is a program value in the ecm memory the program value is preset by engine operating conditions these conditions are determined by input signals for engine speed and intake air volume from the crankshaft position sensor pos camshaft position sensor phase and the manifold absolute pressure sensor 463

Various fuel injection increase decrease compensation 463

When starting the engine 463

Cr without euro obd 464

Ec 464 464

Engine control system 464

Fuel injection timing 464

Mixture ratio self learning control 464

Open loop control 464

Sequential multiport fuel injection system 464

At idle 465

At low battery voltage 465

At starting 465

Cr without euro obd 465

During acceleration the knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies the basic ignition timing is programmed within the anti knocking zone if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions the retard system does not operate under normal driving conditions if engine knocking occurs the knock sensor monitors the condition the signal is transmitted to the ecm the ecm retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition 465

During warm up 465

Ec 465 465

Electronic ignition ei system 465

Engine control system 465

Firing order 1 3 4 2 the ignition timing is controlled by the ecm to maintain the best air fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine the ignition timing data is stored in the ecm the ecm receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor signal comput ing this information ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor during the following conditions the ignition timing is revised by the ecm according to the other data stored in the ecm 465

Fuel cut control at no load and high engine speed 465

Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle in other words pulse signals of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ecm the four fuel injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle this system is used when the engine is being started and or if the fail safe system cpu is operating 465

Fuel shut off 465

Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or operation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds 465

Input output signal chart 465

Simultaneous multiport fuel injection system 465

System description 465

Cr without euro obd 466

Ec 466 466

Engine control system 466

System description 466

Air conditioning cut control 467

At high engine speeds 467

Cr without euro obd 467

Ec 467 467

Input output signal chart 467

System description 467

This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used under the following conditions the air conditioner is turned off 467

When cranking the engine 467

When engine speed is excessively low 467

When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed 467

When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high 467

When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed 467

When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high 467

Can communication 468

Cr without euro obd 468

Ec 468 468

System description 468

Cr without euro obd 469

Description 469

Ec 469 469

Evaporative emission system 469

System description 469

The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel system this reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the evap canister the fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the evap canister which contains activated carbon and the vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank the vapor in the evap canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the engine is operating evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ecm when the engine operates the flow rate of vapor controlled by evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is proportionally regulated as the air flow increases evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and idling 469

Cr without euro obd 471

Ec 471 471

Evaporative emission system 471

Component inspection 472

Cr without euro obd 472

Ec 472 472

Evap canister 472

Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 472

Evaporative emission system 472

Fuel check valve 472

Fuel tank vacuum relief valve built into fuel filler cap 472

Cr without euro obd 473

Description 473

Ec 473 473

Nats nissan anti theft system 473

Component inspection 474

Cr without euro obd 474

Description 474

Ec 474 474

Pcv positive crankcase ventilation valve 474

Positive crankcase ventilation 474

System description 474

Check hoses and hose connections for leaks 2 disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air if any hose cannot be freed of obstructions replace 475

Cr without euro obd 475

Ec 475 475

Pcv valve ventilation hose 475

Positive crankcase ventilation 475

Cr without euro obd 476

Ec 476 476

Emission related diagnostic information 476

Emission related diagnostic information items 476

Introduction 476

On board diagnostic obd system 476

The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below 476

The ecm has an on board diagnostic system which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua tors the ecm also records various emission related diagnostic information including 476

The malfunction indicator mi on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips two trip detection logic or when the ecm enters fail safe mode refer to ec 498 476

The trip in the two trip detection logic means a driving mode in which self diagnosis is performed during vehicle operation when there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm can not warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is a malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system has malfunction and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function the fail safe function also operate when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction 476

Two trip detection logic 476

Cr without euro obd 477

Dtc and 1st trip dtc 477

Ec 477 477

On board diagnostic obd system 477

The 1st trip dtc whose number is the same as the dtc number is displayed for the latest self diagnostic result obtained if the ecm memory was cleared previously and the 1st trip dtc did not reoccur the 1st trip dtc will not be displayed if a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip the 1st trip dtc is stored in the ecm memory the mi will not light up two trip detection logic if the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip meeting the required driving pattern the 1st trip dtc is cleared from the ecm memory if the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip both the 1st trip dtc and dtc are stored in the ecm memory and the mi lights up in other words 477

Cr without euro obd 478

Ec 478 478

Freeze frame data and 1st trip freeze frame data 478

How to erase emission related diagnostic information how to erase dtc 478

How to read dtc and 1st trip dtc 478

On board diagnostic obd system 478

Cr without euro obd 479

Description 479

Ec 479 479

Malfunction indicator mi 479

On board diagnostic obd system 479

Cr without euro obd 480

Diagnostic trouble codes 480

Ec 480 480

Freeze frame data 480

How to switch diagnostic test mode 480

If the ecm is in diagnostic test mode ii mi may flash when engine is running in this case check ecm diag nostic test mode ec 480 how to switch diagnostic test mode how to switch the diagnostic test function modes and details of the above functions are described later ec 480 how to switch diagnostic test mode the following emission related diagnostic information is cleared when the ecm memory is erased 480

It is better to count the time accurately with a clock 480

It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a malfunction 480

Mi flashing without dtc 480

On board diagnostic obd system 480

On board diagnostic system function 480

St trip diagnostic trouble codes 480

St trip freeze frame data 480

The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions 480

When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm can not warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system has a malfunction and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function the fail safe function also operate when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the a malfunction 480

Cr without euro obd 481

Diagnostic test mode i bulb check 481

Diagnostic test mode i malfunction warning 481

Diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 481

Ec 481 481

How to erase diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 481

How to set diagnostic test mode ii heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor 481

How to set diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 481

On board diagnostic obd system 481

Cr without euro obd 482

Diagnostic test mode ii heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor 482

Ec 482 482

How to erase diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 482

On board diagnostic obd system 482

Basic inspection 483

Basic service procedure 483

Cr without euro obd 483

Ec 483 483

Basic service procedure 484

Cr without euro obd 484

Ec 484 484

Basic service procedure 485

Cr without euro obd 485

Ec 485 485

Accelerator pedal released position learning 486

Basic service procedure 486

Cr without euro obd 486

Description 486

Ec 486 486

Idle air volume learning 486

Idle speed check 486

Idle speed with consult ii 486

Operation procedure 486

Preparation 486

Throttle valve closed position learning 486

Without consult ii 486

Basic service procedure 487

Cr without euro obd 487

Ec 487 487

Operation procedure with consult ii 487

Without consult ii 487

Basic service procedure 488

Cr without euro obd 488

Diagnostic procedure 488

Ec 488 488

Fuel pressure check 488

Fuel pressure release with consult ii 488

Basic service procedure 489

Cr without euro obd 489

Ec 489 489

Fuel pressure check 489

Without consult ii 489

Basic service procedure 490

Cr without euro obd 490

Ec 490 490

Cr without euro obd 491

Ec 491 491

Introduction 491

Trouble diagnosis 491

Trouble diagnosis introduction 491

Cr without euro obd 493

Detailed flow 493

Ec 493 493

Trouble diagnosis 493

Cr without euro obd 494

Ec 494 494

Trouble diagnosis 494

Cr without euro obd 495

Diagnostic worksheet description 495

Ec 495 495

Trouble diagnosis 495

Cr without euro obd 497

Dtc inspection priority chart 497

Ec 497 497

If dtc u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1001 refer to ec 549 dtc u1001 can communication line 497

If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 552 dtc u1010 can communication 497

If some dtcs are displayed at the same time perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart note 497

Trouble diagnosis 497

Cr without euro obd 498

Ec 498 498

Fail safe chart 498

Trouble diagnosis 498

When the dtc listed bellow is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 498

When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm can not warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is a malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses is continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system has a malfunction and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function the fail safe function also operate when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction 498

Cr without euro obd 499

Ec 499 499

Symptom matrix chart 499

System basic engine control system 499

Trouble diagnosis 499

Cr without euro obd 500

Ec 500 500

System engine mechanical other 500

Trouble diagnosis 500

Cr without euro obd 501

Ec 501 501

Trouble diagnosis 501

Cr without euro obd 502

Ec 502 502

Trouble diagnosis 502

Cr without euro obd 503

Ec 503 503

Engine control component parts location 503

Trouble diagnosis 503

Cr without euro obd 504

Ec 504 504

Trouble diagnosis 504

Cr without euro obd 505

Ec 505 505

Trouble diagnosis 505

Cr without euro obd 506

Ec 506 506

Trouble diagnosis 506

Cr without euro obd 507

Ec 507 507

Trouble diagnosis 507

Cr without euro obd 508

Ec 508 508

Trouble diagnosis 508

Cr without euro obd 509

Ec 509 509

Refer to ec 462 system diagram for vacuum control system 509

Trouble diagnosis 509

Vacuum hose drawing 509

Cr without euro obd 511

Ec 511 511

Trouble diagnosis 511

Cr without euro obd 512

Ec 512 512

Ecm harness connector terminal layout 512

Ecm inspection table 512

Ecm terminals and reference value 512

Preparation 512

Trouble diagnosis 512

Cr without euro obd 513

Ec 513 513

Trouble diagnosis 513

Cr without euro obd 514

Ec 514 514

Trouble diagnosis 514

Cr without euro obd 515

Ec 515 515

Trouble diagnosis 515

Cr without euro obd 516

Ec 516 516

Trouble diagnosis 516

Cr without euro obd 517

Ec 517 517

Trouble diagnosis 517

Cr without euro obd 518

Ec 518 518

Trouble diagnosis 518

Consult ii function engine 519

Cr without euro obd 519

Ec 519 519

Engine control component parts control systems application 519

Function 519

Trouble diagnosis 519

Cr without euro obd 520

Ec 520 520

Trouble diagnosis 520

Cr without euro obd 521

Ec 521 521

Freeze frame data and 1st trip freeze frame data 521

Inspection procedure 521

Refer to gi 38 consult ii data link connector dlc circuit 521

Regarding items of dtc and 1st trip dtc refer to ec 476 emission related diagnostic informa tion items 521

Self diag results mode self diagnostic item 521

Trouble diagnosis 521

Work support mode work item 521

Cr without euro obd 522

Data monitor mode monitored item 522

Ec 522 522

Trouble diagnosis 522

Cr without euro obd 523

Ec 523 523

Trouble diagnosis 523

Cr without euro obd 524

Ec 524 524

Trouble diagnosis 524

Active test mode test item 525

Cr without euro obd 525

Data monitor spec mode monitored item 525

Ec 525 525

Trouble diagnosis 525

Cr without euro obd 526

Ec 526 526

Operation 526

Real time diagnosis in data monitor mode recording vehicle data description 526

Trouble diagnosis 526

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 527

Cr without euro obd 527

Ec 527 527

Trouble diagnosis 527

Cr without euro obd 528

Ec 528 528

Trouble diagnosis 528

Cr without euro obd 529

Ec 529 529

Trouble diagnosis 529

Clsd thl pos accel sen 1 thrtl sen 1 530

Cr without euro obd 530

Ec 530 530

Eng speed thrtl sen 1 ho2s2 b1 ho2s1 b1 inj pulse b1 530

Major sensor reference graph in data monitor mode 530

Trouble diagnosis 530

Cr without euro obd 531

Ec 531 531

Trouble diagnosis 531

Cr without euro obd 532

Description 532

Ec 532 532

Inspection procedure 532

Testing condition 532

Trouble diagnosis specification value 532

Cr without euro obd 533

Diagnostic procedure 533

Ec 533 533

Overall sequence 533

Trouble diagnosis specification value 533

Cr without euro obd 535

Detailed procedure 535

Ec 535 535

Trouble diagnosis specification value 535

Cr without euro obd 536

Ec 536 536

Trouble diagnosis specification value 536

Cr without euro obd 537

Ec 537 537

Trouble diagnosis specification value 537

Cr without euro obd 538

Ec 538 538

Trouble diagnosis specification value 538

Cr without euro obd 539

Ec 539 539

Trouble diagnosis specification value 539

Cr without euro obd 540

Ec 540 540

Trouble diagnosis specification value 540

Cr without euro obd 541

Ec 541 541

Trouble diagnosis specification value 541

Cr without euro obd 542

Description 542

Diagnostic procedure 542

Ec 542 542

Trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident 542

Cr without euro obd 543

Ec 543 543

Power supply and ground circuit 543

Wiring diagram 543

A fuse 544

Check ecm power supply circuit i 544

Check the following 544

Cr without euro obd 544

Detect malfunctioning part 544

Diagnostic procedure 544

Ec 544 544

Fuse block j b connector m7 544

Go to 2 544

Go to 3 544

Harness connectors m1 e101 544

Harness for open or short between ecm and fuse 544

Inspection start 544

Ok or ng 544

Power supply and ground circuit 544

Repair harness or connectors 544

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 544

Start engine is engine running yes or no 544

Turn ignition switch off and then on 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 109 and ground with consult ii or tester 544

Voltage battery voltage 544

Cr without euro obd 545

Ec 545 545

Power supply and ground circuit 545

Cr without euro obd 546

Ec 546 546

Power supply and ground circuit 546

Cr without euro obd 547

Ec 547 547

Power supply and ground circuit 547

Cr without euro obd 548

Ec 548 548

Ground inspection 548

Power supply and ground circuit 548

Cr without euro obd 549

Description 549

Dtc confirmation procedure 549

Dtc u1001 can communication line 549

Ec 549 549

On board diagnosis logic 549

Cr without euro obd 551

Diagnostic procedure 551

Dtc u1001 can communication line 551

Ec 551 551

Go to lan 3 precautions when using consult ii 551

Cr without euro obd 552

Description 552

Dtc confirmation procedure 552

Dtc u1010 can communication 552

Ec 552 552

On board diagnosis logic 552

With consult ii 552

Without consult ii 552

Cr without euro obd 553

Diagnostic procedure 553

Dtc u1010 can communication 553

Ec 553 553

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 554

Cr without euro obd 554

Description 554

Dtc p0011 ivt control 554

Ec 554 554

Specification data are reference values 554

System description 554

This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake valve the ecm receives signals such as crankshaft position camshaft position engine speed and engine coolant temperature then the ecm sends on off pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve depending on driving status this makes it possible to control the shut open timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low mid speed range and output in high speed range 554

Caution always drive at a safe speed note 555

Cr without euro obd 555

Dtc confirmation procedure 555

Dtc p0011 ivt control 555

Ec 555 555

Fail safe mode 555

If dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is between 10v and 16v at idle 555

If dtc p0011 is displayed with dtc p1111 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p1111 see ec 630 555

Let engine idle for 10 seconds 5 if the 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 556 diagnostic procedure if the 1st trip dtc is not detected go to next step 6 maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds 555

On board diagnosis logic 555

The mi will not light up for this self diagnosis 555

Turn ignition switch on and select data monitor mode with consult ii 2 start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera ture 3 maintain the following conditions from at least 6 consecutive seconds hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible 555

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode 555

With consult ii 555

Cr without euro obd 556

Diagnostic procedure 556

Dtc p0011 ivt control 556

Ec 556 556

Overall function check 556

Without consult ii 556

Component inspection 557

Cr without euro obd 557

Dtc p0011 ivt control 557

Ec 557 557

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 557

Cr without euro obd 558

Dtc p0011 ivt control 558

Ec 558 558

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 558

Removal and installation 558

Component description 559

Cr without euro obd 559

Dtc confirmation procedure 559

Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor 559

Ec 559 559

Fail safe mode 559

On board diagnosis logic 559

With consult ii 559

Without consult ii 559

Air duct 561

Check intake system 561

Check the following for connection 561

Cr without euro obd 561

Diagnostic procedure 561

Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor 561

Ec 561 561

Go to 2 561

Inspection start 561

Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold ok or ng 561

Reconnect the parts 561

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 561

Vacuum hoses 561

Which malfunction p0107 or p0108 is duplicated p0107 or p0108 561

Cr without euro obd 562

Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor 562

Ec 562 562

Component inspection 563

Cr without euro obd 563

Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor 563

Ec 563 563

Manifold absolute pressure sensor 563

Check the manifold absolute pressure sensor value corresponds to the atmospheric pressure 564

Check the voltage between ecm terminal 51 and ground at idling and confirm the voltage difference between engine is stopped and at idling is within following chart 564

Cr without euro obd 564

Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor 564

Ec 564 564

Manifold absolute pressure sensor 564

Refer to em 18 air cleaner and air duct 564

Removal and installation 564

Start engine and let it idle 564

Caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 565

Component description 565

Cr without euro obd 565

Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 565

Ec 565 565

Fail safe mode 565

On board diagnosis logic 565

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature the sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ecm the modified signal returns to the ecm as the engine coolant temperature input the sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature the electrical resistance of the ther mistor decreases as temperature increases 565

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode 565

Cr without euro obd 566

Dtc confirmation procedure 566

Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 566

Ec 566 566

With consult ii 566

Without consult ii 566

Cr without euro obd 567

Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 567

Ec 567 567

Wiring diagram 567

Cr without euro obd 568

Diagnostic procedure 568

Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 568

Ec 568 568

Component inspection 569

Cr without euro obd 569

Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 569

Ec 569 569

Engine coolant temperature sensor 569

Removal and installation 569

Component description 570

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 570

Cr without euro obd 570

Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 570

Ec 570 570

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion 570

Fail safe mode 570

On board diagnosis logic 570

Specification data are reference values 570

These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 570

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 570

Cr without euro obd 571

Dtc confirmation procedure 571

Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 571

Ec 571 571

With consult ii 571

Without consult ii 571

Check ground connections 573

Cr without euro obd 573

Diagnostic procedure 573

Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 573

Ec 573 573

Ok or ng 573

Repair or replace ground connections 573

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 573

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection 573

Cr without euro obd 574

Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 574

Ec 574 574

Cr without euro obd 575

Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 575

Ec 575 575

Component inspection 576

Cr without euro obd 576

Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 576

Ec 576 576

Electric throttle control actuator 576

Removal and installation 576

Throttle position sensor 576

Component description 577

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 577

Cr without euro obd 577

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 577

Ec 577 577

On board diagnosis logic 577

Specification data are reference values 577

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 577

To judge the malfunction the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high 577

Cr without euro obd 578

Dtc confirmation procedure 578

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 578

Ec 578 578

With consult ii 578

Without consult ii 578

Cr without euro obd 579

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 579

Ec 579 579

Wiring diagram 579

Check ground connections 580

Cr without euro obd 580

Diagnostic procedure 580

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 580

Ec 580 580

Ok or ng 580

Repair or replace ground connections 580

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 580

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection 580

Cr without euro obd 581

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 581

Ec 581 581

Component inspection 582

Cr without euro obd 582

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 582

Ec 582 582

Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 582

Cr without euro obd 583

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 583

Ec 583 583

Heated oxygen sensor 1 583

Removal and installation 583

Without consult ii 583

Component description 584

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 584

Cr without euro obd 584

Dtc p0134 ho2s1 584

Ec 584 584

On board diagnosis logic 584

Specification data are reference values 584

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 584

Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is not input the ecm circuits will read a continuous approximately 0 v therefore for this diagnosis the time that output voltage is within 200 to 400 mv range is monitored and the diagnosis checks that this time is not inordinately long 584

Cr without euro obd 585

Dtc p0134 ho2s1 585

Ec 585 585

Overall function check 585

With consult ii 585

Without consult ii 585

Check ground connections 587

Cr without euro obd 587

Diagnostic procedure 587

Dtc p0134 ho2s1 587

Ec 587 587

Ok or ng 587

Repair or replace ground connections 587

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 587

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection 587

Cr without euro obd 588

Dtc p0134 ho2s1 588

Ec 588 588

Component inspection 589

Cr without euro obd 589

Dtc p0134 ho2s1 589

Ec 589 589

Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 589

Without consult ii 589

Cr without euro obd 590

Dtc p0134 ho2s1 590

Ec 590 590

Heated oxygen sensor 1 590

Removal and installation 590

Component description 591

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 591

Cr without euro obd 591

Dtc confirmation procedure 591

Dtc p0138 ho2s2 591

Ec 591 591

Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 591

On board diagnosis logic 591

Specification data are reference values 591

The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation 591

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving condition such as fuel cut 591

Cr without euro obd 592

Dtc p0138 ho2s2 592

Ec 592 592

With consult ii 592

Without consult ii 592

Cr without euro obd 593

Dtc p0138 ho2s2 593

Ec 593 593

Wiring diagram 593

Check ground connections 594

Cr without euro obd 594

Diagnostic procedure 594

Dtc p0138 ho2s2 594

Ec 594 594

Ok or ng 594

Repair or replace ground connections 594

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 594

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection 594

Cr without euro obd 595

Dtc p0138 ho2s2 595

Ec 595 595

Component inspection 596

Cr without euro obd 596

Dtc p0138 ho2s2 596

Ec 596 596

Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii 596

Without consult ii 596

Cr without euro obd 597

Dtc p0138 ho2s2 597

Ec 597 597

Heated oxygen sensor 2 597

Removal and installation 597

Component description 598

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 598

Cr without euro obd 598

Dtc confirmation procedure 598

Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 598

Ec 598 598

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion 598

Fail safe mode 598

Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 10v at idle 598

On board diagnosis logic 598

Specification data are reference values 598

These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 598

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 598

Cr without euro obd 599

Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 599

Ec 599 599

With consult ii 599

Without consult ii 599

Cr without euro obd 601

Diagnostic procedure 601

Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 601

Ec 601 601

Ok or ng 601

Repair or replace ground connections 601

Retighten ground connections 601

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 601

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection 601

Cr without euro obd 602

Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 602

Ec 602 602

Cr without euro obd 603

Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 603

Ec 603 603

Component inspection 604

Cr without euro obd 604

Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 604

Ec 604 604

Electric throttle control actuator 604

Removal and installation 604

Throttle position sensor 604

Component description 605

Cr without euro obd 605

Dtc confirmation procedure 605

Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 605

Ec 605 605

On board diagnosis logic 605

With consult ii 605

Without consult ii 605

Cr without euro obd 607

Diagnostic procedure 607

Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 607

Ec 607 607

Component inspection 608

Cr without euro obd 608

Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 608

Ec 608 608

Knock sensor 608

Removal and installation 608

Component description 609

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 609

Cr without euro obd 609

Dtc confirmation procedure 609

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 609

Ec 609 609

Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 v with igni tion switch on 609

On board diagnosis logic 609

Specification data are reference values 609

The crankshaft position sensor pos is located on the cylinder block rear housing facing the gear teeth cogs of the signal plate at the end of the crankshaft it detects the fluctuation of the engine rev olution the sensor consists of a permanent magnet and hall ic when the engine is running the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change the changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change due to the changing magnetic field the voltage from the sensor changes the ecm receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution ecm receives the signals as shown in the figure 609

Cr without euro obd 610

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 610

Ec 610 610

With consult ii 610

Without consult ii 610

Cr without euro obd 611

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 611

Ec 611 611

Wiring diagram 611

Cr without euro obd 612

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 612

Ec 612 612

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 612

Cr without euro obd 613

Diagnostic procedure 613

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 613

Ec 613 613

Cr without euro obd 614

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 614

Ec 614 614

Component inspection 615

Cr without euro obd 615

Crankshaft position sensor pos 615

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 615

Ec 615 615

Removal and installation 615

Component description 616

Cr without euro obd 616

Dtc confirmation procedure 616

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 616

Ec 616 616

Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 v with igni tion switch on 616

On board diagnosis logic 616

The camshaft position sensor phase senses the retraction with camshaft intake to identify a particular cylinder the camshaft posi tion sensor phase senses the piston position when the crankshaft position sensor pos system becomes inoper ative the camshaft position sensor phase provides various con trols of engine parts instead utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals the sensor consists of a permanent magnet and hall ic when engine is running the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change the changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change due to the changing magnetic field the voltage from the sensor changes ecm receives the signals as shown in the figure 616

Turn ignition switch on 616

With consult ii 616

Cr without euro obd 617

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 617

Ec 617 617

Without consult ii 617

Check starting system 619

Check starting system refer to sc 45 starting system 619

Cr without euro obd 619

Diagnostic procedure 619

Does the engine turn over does the starter motor operate 619

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 619

Ec 619 619

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 619

Turn ignition switch to start position 619

Yes or no 619

Cr without euro obd 620

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 620

Ec 620 620

Cr without euro obd 621

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 621

Ec 621 621

Camshaft position sensor phase 622

Component inspection 622

Cr without euro obd 622

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 622

Ec 622 622

Removal and installation 622

Component description 623

Cr without euro obd 623

Dtc confirmation procedure 623

Dtc p0605 ecm 623

Ec 623 623

Fail safe mode 623

On board diagnosis logic 623

Procedure for malfunction a with consult ii 623

Without consult ii 623

Cr without euro obd 624

Dtc p0605 ecm 624

Ec 624 624

Procedure for malfunction b with consult ii 624

Procedure for malfunction c with consult ii 624

Without consult ii 624

Cr without euro obd 625

Diagnostic procedure 625

Dtc p0605 ecm 625

Ec 625 625

Component description 626

Cr without euro obd 626

Dtc confirmation procedure 626

Dtc p1065 ecm power supply 626

Ec 626 626

On board diagnosis logic 626

With consult ii 626

Without consult ii 626

Cr without euro obd 627

Dtc p1065 ecm power supply 627

Ec 627 627

Wiring diagram 627

Cr without euro obd 628

Diagnostic procedure 628

Dtc p1065 ecm power supply 628

Ec 628 628

Cr without euro obd 629

Dtc p1065 ecm power supply 629

Ec 629 629

Component description 630

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 630

Cr without euro obd 630

Dtc confirmation procedure 630

Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 630

Ec 630 630

On board diagnosis logic 630

With consult ii 630

Without consult ii 630

Cr without euro obd 631

Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 631

Ec 631 631

Wiring diagram 631

Cr without euro obd 632

Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 632

Ec 632 632

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 632

Cr without euro obd 633

Diagnostic procedure 633

Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 633

Ec 633 633

Component inspection 634

Cr without euro obd 634

Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 634

Ec 634 634

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 634

Removal and installation 634

Component description 635

Cr without euro obd 635

Dtc confirmation procedure 635

Dtc p1121 electric throttle control actuator 635

Ec 635 635

Fail safe mode 635

On board diagnosis logic 635

Procedure for malfunction a and b with consult ii 635

Without consult ii 635

Cr without euro obd 636

Diagnostic procedure 636

Dtc p1121 electric throttle control actuator 636

Ec 636 636

Procedure for malfunction c with consult ii 636

Without consult ii 636

Cr without euro obd 637

Description 637

Dtc confirmation procedure 637

Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 637

Ec 637 637

Fail safe mode 637

On board diagnosis logic 637

With consult ii 637

Without consult ii 637

Check ground connections 639

Cr without euro obd 639

Diagnostic procedure 639

Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 639

Ec 639 639

Ok or ng 639

Repair or replace ground connections 639

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 639

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection 639

Cr without euro obd 640

Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 640

Ec 640 640

Cr without euro obd 641

Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 641

Ec 641 641

Component inspection 642

Cr without euro obd 642

Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 642

Ec 642 642

Electric throttle control actuator 642

Removal and installation 642

Throttle control motor 642

Component description 643

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 643

Cr without euro obd 643

Dtc confirmation procedure 643

Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 643

Ec 643 643

Fail safe mode 643

Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 643

On board diagnosis logic 643

Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ecm via throttle control motor relay the throttle control motor relay is on off controlled by the ecm when the ignition switch is turned on the ecm sends an on signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ecm when the ignition switch is turned off the ecm sends an off signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not provided to the ecm 643

Procedure for dtc p1124 643

Specification data are reference values 643

Testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 8v 643

These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 643

Turn ignition switch on and wait at least 1 second 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 if dtc is detected go to ec 646 diagnostic procedure 643

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 643

With consult ii 643

Cr without euro obd 644

Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 644

Ec 644 644

Procedure for dtc p1126 with consult ii 644

Without consult ii 644

Cr without euro obd 645

Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 645

Ec 645 645

Wiring diagram 645

Check throttle control motor relay power supply circuit i 646

Cr without euro obd 646

Diagnostic procedure 646

Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 646

Ec 646 646

Go to 2 646

Ok or ng 646

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 646

Turn ignition switch off 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 104 and ground with consult ii or tester 646

Voltage battery voltage 646

Cr without euro obd 647

Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 647

Ec 647 647

Cr without euro obd 648

Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 648

Ec 648 648

Component description 649

Cr without euro obd 649

Dtc confirmation procedure 649

Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 649

Ec 649 649

Fail safe mode 649

On board diagnosis logic 649

With consult ii 649

Without consult ii 649

Check ground connections 651

Cr without euro obd 651

Diagnostic procedure 651

Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 651

Ec 651 651

Ok or ng 651

Repair or replace ground connections 651

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 651

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection 651

Component inspection 652

Cr without euro obd 652

Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 652

Ec 652 652

Throttle control motor 652

Cr without euro obd 653

Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 653

Ec 653 653

Electric throttle control actuator 653

Refer to em 18 air cleaner and air duct 653

Removal and installation 653

Cr without euro obd 654

Dtc confirmation procedure 654

Dtc p1171 intake error 654

Ec 654 654

Fail safe mode 654

On board diagnosis logic 654

With consult ii 654

Cr without euro obd 655

Dtc p1171 intake error 655

Ec 655 655

Turn ignition switch on and wait at least 5 seconds 2 turn ignition switch off wait at least 10 seconds and then turn on 3 perform diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results with ecm 4 if dtc is detected go to ec 657 diagnostic procedure 655

Without consult ii 655

Check intake air leak 657

Check intake manifold vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection refer to ec 509 vacuum hose drawing ok or ng 657

Check vacuum hose 657

Cr without euro obd 657

Diagnostic procedure 657

Dtc p1171 intake error 657

Ec 657 657

Listen for an intake air leak after the air cleaner element ok or ng 657

Repair or replace 657

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 657

Cr without euro obd 658

Dtc p1171 intake error 658

Ec 658 658

Cr without euro obd 659

Dtc p1171 intake error 659

Ec 659 659

Cr without euro obd 660

Description 660

Diagnostic procedure 660

Dtc confirmation procedure 660

Dtc p1211 tcs control unit 660

Ec 660 660

On board diagnosis logic 660

With consult ii 660

Without consult ii 660

Cr without euro obd 661

Description 661

Diagnostic procedure 661

Dtc confirmation procedure 661

Dtc p1212 tcs communication line 661

Ec 661 661

On board diagnosis logic 661

With consult ii 661

Without consult ii 661

Cooling fan control 662

Cr without euro obd 662

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 662

Ec 662 662

If dtc p1217 is displayed with dtc u1001 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1001 refer to ec 549 dtc u1001 can communication line 662

If dtc p1217 is displayed with dtc u1010 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 552 dtc u1010 can communication 662

Operation models with a c 662

System description 662

The ecm controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed engine coolant temperature refrigerant pressure and air conditioner on signal the control system has 3 step control high low off models with a c or 2 step control on off models without a c the ecm controls cooling fan relays through can communication line 662

Caution when a malfunction is indicated be sure to replace the coolant refer to co 9 changing engine coolant also replace the engine oil refer to lu 7 changing engine oil 1 fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute be sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio refer to ma 26 engine coolant mixture ratio 663

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 663

Cr without euro obd 663

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 663

Ec 663 663

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions engine coolant temperature will rise when the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition a malfunction is indicated this self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic 663

Models without a c 663

On board diagnosis logic 663

Specification data are reference values 663

Cr without euro obd 664

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 664

Ec 664 664

Overall function check 664

With consult ii 664

Without consult ii models with air conditioner 664

Cr without euro obd 665

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 665

Ec 665 665

Models without air conditioner 665

Cr without euro obd 667

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 667

Ec 667 667

Models without air conditioner 667

Cr without euro obd 668

Diagnostic procedure 668

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 668

Ec 668 668

Procedure for models with air conditioner 668

Cr without euro obd 669

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 669

Ec 669 669

Cr without euro obd 670

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 670

Ec 670 670

Procedure a 670

Cr without euro obd 671

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 671

Ec 671 671

Procedure b 671

Cr without euro obd 672

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 672

Ec 672 672

Procedure for models without air conditioner 672

Cr without euro obd 673

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 673

Ec 673 673

Procedure a 673

Also check harness for short to ground and short to power ok or ng 674

Check cooling fan motor 674

Check cooling fan motors circuit 674

Check intermittent incident 674

Check the following 674

Continuity should exist 674

Cr without euro obd 674

Detect malfunctioning part 674

Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector 2 check harness continuity between cooling fan motor terminal 1 and ipdm e r terminal 10 cooling fan motor terminal 2 and ground refer to wiring diagram 674

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 674

Ec 674 674

Go to 4 674

Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and ground 674

Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and ipdm e r 674

Main 12 causes of overheating 674

Perform ec 542 trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident ok or ng 674

Refer to ec 675 component inspection ok or ng 674

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors 674

Repair or replace harness or connector 674

Replace cooling fan motor 674

Replace ipdm e r refer to pg 18 ipdm e r intelligent power distribution mod 674

Component inspection 675

Cooling fan motor 675

Cr without euro obd 675

Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector 2 supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation 675

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 675

Ec 675 675

Component description 676

Cr without euro obd 676

Dtc confirmation procedure 676

Dtc p1225 tp sensor 676

Ec 676 676

On board diagnosis logic 676

With consult ii 676

Without consult ii 676

Cr without euro obd 677

Diagnostic procedure 677

Dtc p1225 tp sensor 677

Ec 677 677

Electric throttle control actuator 677

Removal and installation 677

Component description 678

Cr without euro obd 678

Dtc confirmation procedure 678

Dtc p1226 tp sensor 678

Ec 678 678

On board diagnosis logic 678

With consult ii 678

Without consult ii 678

Cr without euro obd 679

Diagnostic procedure 679

Dtc p1226 tp sensor 679

Ec 679 679

Electric throttle control actuator 679

Removal and installation 679

Cr without euro obd 680

Dtc confirmation procedure 680

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 680

Ec 680 680

Fail safe mode 680

On board diagnosis logic 680

With consult ii 680

Without consult ii 680

Cr without euro obd 681

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 681

Ec 681 681

Lhd models 681

Wiring diagram 681

Cr without euro obd 682

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 682

Ec 682 682

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 682

Cr without euro obd 683

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 683

Ec 683 683

Rhd models 683

Cr without euro obd 684

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 684

Ec 684 684

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 684

Cr without euro obd 685

Diagnostic procedure 685

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 685

Ec 685 685

Cr without euro obd 686

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 686

Ec 686 686

Cr without euro obd 687

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 687

Ec 687 687

Component description 688

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 688

Cr without euro obd 688

Dtc p1706 pnp switch 688

Ec 688 688

If ng go to ec 690 diagnostic procedure 688

On board diagnosis logic 688

Overall function check 688

Specification data are reference values 688

Turn ignition switch on 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 102 pnp switch signal and ground under the following conditions 688

Turn ignition switch on 2 select p n posi sw in data monitor mode with con sult ii then check the p n posi sw signal under the follow ing conditions 688

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park neutral position pnp switch circuit during this check a 1st trip dtc might not be confirmed 688

When the shift lever position is neutral park neutral position pnp switch is on ecm detects the position because the continuity of the line the on signal exists 688

With consult ii 688

Without consult ii 688

Cr without euro obd 689

Dtc p1706 pnp switch 689

Ec 689 689

Wiring diagram 689

Cr without euro obd 690

Diagnostic procedure 690

Dtc p1706 pnp switch 690

Ec 690 690

Cr without euro obd 691

Dtc p1706 pnp switch 691

Ec 691 691

Cr without euro obd 692

Dtc p1706 pnp switch 692

Ec 692 692

Brake switch signal is applied to the ecm through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed this signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving 693

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 693

Cr without euro obd 693

Description 693

Dtc confirmation procedure 693

Dtc p1805 brake switch 693

Ec 693 693

Fail safe mode 693

On board diagnosis logic 693

Specification data are reference values 693

This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic 693

Turn ignition switch on 2 fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds 3 erase the dtc with consult ii 4 select data monitor mode with consult ii 5 if dtc is detected go to ec 696 diagnostic procedure 693

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi light up 693

With consult ii 693

Cr without euro obd 694

Dtc p1805 brake switch 694

Ec 694 694

Without consult ii 694

Cr without euro obd 695

Dtc p1805 brake switch 695

Ec 695 695

Wiring diagram 695

Cr without euro obd 696

Diagnostic procedure 696

Dtc p1805 brake switch 696

Ec 696 696

Cr without euro obd 697

Dtc p1805 brake switch 697

Ec 697 697

Component inspection 698

Cr without euro obd 698

Dtc p1805 brake switch 698

Ec 698 698

Stop lamp switch 698

Component description 699

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 699

Cr without euro obd 699

Dtc confirmation procedure 699

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 699

Ec 699 699

Fail safe mode 699

Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition 699

On board diagnosis logic 699

Specification data are reference values 699

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut 699

These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2122 or p2123 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 680 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 699

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 699

Cr without euro obd 700

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 700

Ec 700 700

With consult ii 700

Without consult ii 700

Cr without euro obd 701

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 701

Ec 701 701

Lhd models 701

Wiring diagram 701

Cr without euro obd 702

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 702

Ec 702 702

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 702

Cr without euro obd 703

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 703

Ec 703 703

Rhd models 703

Check ground connections 704

Cr without euro obd 704

Diagnostic procedure 704

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 704

Ec 704 704

Ok or ng 704

Repair or replace ground connections 704

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 704

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection 704

Cr without euro obd 705

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 705

Ec 705 705

Accelerator pedal position sensor 706

Component inspection 706

Cr without euro obd 706

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 706

Ec 706 706

Accelerator pedal 707

Cr without euro obd 707

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 707

Ec 707 707

Removal and installation 707

Component description 708

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 708

Cr without euro obd 708

Dtc confirmation procedure 708

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 708

Ec 708 708

Fail safe mode 708

Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 10v at idle 708

On board diagnosis logic 708

Specification data are reference values 708

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut 708

These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 708

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 708

Cr without euro obd 709

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 709

Ec 709 709

With consult ii 709

Without consult ii 709

Cr without euro obd 711

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 711

Ec 711 711

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 711

Check ground connections 713

Cr without euro obd 713

Diagnostic procedure 713

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 713

Ec 713 713

Ok or ng 713

Repair or replace ground connections 713

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 713

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection 713

Cr without euro obd 714

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 714

Ec 714 714

Cr without euro obd 715

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 715

Ec 715 715

Accelerator pedal position sensor 716

Component inspection 716

Cr without euro obd 716

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 716

Ec 716 716

Accelerator pedal 717

Cr without euro obd 717

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 717

Ec 717 717

Removal and installation 717

Component description 718

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 718

Cr without euro obd 718

Dtc confirmation procedure 718

Dtc p2135 tp sensor 718

Ec 718 718

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion 718

Fail safe mode 718

Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 10v at idle 718

On board diagnosis logic 718

Specification data are reference values 718

This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic 718

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 718

Cr without euro obd 719

Dtc p2135 tp sensor 719

Ec 719 719

With consult ii 719

Without consult ii 719

Check ground connections 721

Cr without euro obd 721

Diagnostic procedure 721

Dtc p2135 tp sensor 721

Ec 721 721

Ok or ng 721

Repair or replace ground connections 721

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 721

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection 721

Cr without euro obd 722

Dtc p2135 tp sensor 722

Ec 722 722

Cr without euro obd 723

Dtc p2135 tp sensor 723

Ec 723 723

Component inspection 724

Cr without euro obd 724

Dtc p2135 tp sensor 724

Ec 724 724

Electric throttle control actuator 724

Removal and installation 724

Throttle position sensor 724

Component description 725

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 725

Cr without euro obd 725

Dtc p2138 app sensor 725

Ec 725 725

Fail safe mode 725

On board diagnosis logic 725

Specification data are reference values 725

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut 725

This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2138 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 680 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 725

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 725

Cr without euro obd 726

Dtc confirmation procedure 726

Dtc p2138 app sensor 726

Ec 726 726

With consult ii 726

Without consult ii 726

Cr without euro obd 727

Dtc p2138 app sensor 727

Ec 727 727

Lhd models 727

Wiring diagram 727

Cr without euro obd 728

Dtc p2138 app sensor 728

Ec 728 728

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 728

Cr without euro obd 729

Dtc p2138 app sensor 729

Ec 729 729

Rhd models 729

Check ground connections 730

Cr without euro obd 730

Diagnostic procedure 730

Dtc p2138 app sensor 730

Ec 730 730

Ok or ng 730

Repair or replace ground connections 730

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 730

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection 730

Cr without euro obd 731

Dtc p2138 app sensor 731

Ec 731 731

Cr without euro obd 732

Dtc p2138 app sensor 732

Ec 732 732

Cr without euro obd 733

Dtc p2138 app sensor 733

Ec 733 733

Accelerator pedal 734

Accelerator pedal position sensor 734

Component inspection 734

Cr without euro obd 734

Dtc p2138 app sensor 734

Ec 734 734

Removal and installation 734

Check load signal circuit overall function i 735

Check load signal circuit overall function ii 735

Check load signal indication under the following conditions 735

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 735

Cr without euro obd 735

Description 735

Diagnostic procedure 735

Ec 735 735

Electrical load signal 735

Go to 4 735

Go to 5 735

Ok or ng 735

Specification data are reference values 735

The electrical load signal headlamp switch signal rear window defogger switch signal etc is transferred through the can communication line from ipdm e r to ecm 735

Turn ignition switch on 2 connect consult ii and select data monitor mode 3 select load signal and check indication under the following conditions 735

Cr without euro obd 736

Ec 736 736

Electrical load signal 736

Component description 737

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 737

Cr without euro obd 737

Description 737

Ec 737 737

Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 737

Specification data are reference values 737

System description 737

The evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a on off duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canis ter the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by on off pulses from the ecm the longer the on pulse the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve 737

This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canister the opening of the vapor by pass pas sage in the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats on off operation according to the signal sent from the ecm the opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control the optimum value stored in the ecm is determined by considering various engine conditions when the engine is operating the flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canister is regulated as the air flow changes 737

Cr without euro obd 739

Ec 739 739

Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 739

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 739

Cr without euro obd 740

Diagnostic procedure 740

Ec 740 740

Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 740

Cr without euro obd 741

Ec 741 741

Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 741

Cr without euro obd 742

Ec 742 742

Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 742

Check air passage continuity of evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions 743

Component inspection 743

Cr without euro obd 743

Ec 743 743

Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 743

Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve with consult ii 743

Refer to em 18 air cleaner and air duct 743

Removal and installation 743

Without consult ii 743

Component description 744

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 744

Cr without euro obd 744

Ec 744 744

Fuel injector 744

Specification data are reference values 744

The fuel injector is a small precise solenoid valve when the ecm supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit the coil in the fuel injec tor is energized the energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold the amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura tion pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open the ecm controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs 744

Cr without euro obd 745

Ec 745 745

Fuel injector 745

Wiring diagram 745

Cr without euro obd 746

Diagnostic procedure 746

Ec 746 746

Fuel injector 746

Go to 3 746

Inspection start 746

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 746

Turn ignition switch to start is any cylinder ignited yes or no 746

Cr without euro obd 747

Ec 747 747

Fuel injector 747

Cr without euro obd 748

Ec 748 748

Fuel injector 748

Component inspection 749

Cr without euro obd 749

Ec 749 749

Fuel injector 749

Removal and installation 749

A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank 750

Component description 750

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 750

Cr without euro obd 750

Description 750

Ec 750 750

Fuel pump 750

Specification data are reference values 750

System description 750

The ecm activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve engine startability if the ecm receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor pos and cam shaft position sensor phase it knows that the engine is rotating and causes the pump to operate if the engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is on the engine stalls the ecm stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging thereby improving safety the ecm does not directly drive the fuel pump it controls the on off fuel pump relay which in turn controls the fuel pump 750

Cr without euro obd 751

Ec 751 751

Fuel pump 751

Wiring diagram 751

Cr without euro obd 752

Diagnostic procedure 752

Ec 752 752

Fuel pump 752

Cr without euro obd 753

Ec 753 753

Fuel pump 753

Component inspection 754

Cr without euro obd 754

Ec 754 754

Fuel pump 754

Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminals 1 and 3 755

Cr without euro obd 755

Ec 755 755

Fuel pump 755

Refer to fl 4 fuel level sensor unit fuel filter and fuel pump assembly 755

Removal and installation 755

Resistance approximately 0 5 ω at 25 c 77 f 755

Component description 756

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 756

Cr without euro obd 756

Ec 756 756

Specification data are reference values 756

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 756

Cr without euro obd 757

Ec 757 757

Wiring diagram 757

Cr without euro obd 758

Ec 758 758

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 758

Cr without euro obd 759

Diagnostic procedure 759

Ec 759 759

Component inspection 760

Cr without euro obd 760

Ec 760 760

Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 760

Cr without euro obd 761

Ec 761 761

Without consult ii 761

Cr without euro obd 762

Ec 762 762

Heated oxygen sensor 1 762

Removal and installation 762

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 763

Cr without euro obd 763

Description 763

Ec 763 763

Ho2s1 heater 763

Operation 763

Specification data are reference values 763

System description 763

The ecm performs on off duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine speed and engine coolant temperature the duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine is started 763

Check overall function 765

Cr without euro obd 765

Diagnostic procedure 765

Ec 765 765

Go to 2 765

Ho2s1 heater 765

Ok or ng 765

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 765

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds 3 turn ignition switch on 4 set tester prove between ecm terminal 24 ho2s1 heater signal and ground 5 start engine and let it idle 6 check the voltage under the following conditions verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal waves as shown below 765

Cr without euro obd 766

Ec 766 766

Ho2s1 heater 766

Component inspection 767

Cr without euro obd 767

Ec 767 767

Heated oxygen sensor 1 767

Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater 767

Ho2s1 heater 767

Removal and installation 767

Component description 768

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 768

Cr without euro obd 768

Ec 768 768

Specification data are reference values 768

The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation 768

Cr without euro obd 769

Ec 769 769

Wiring diagram 769

Check overall function i 770

Cr without euro obd 770

Diagnostic procedure 770

Ec 770 770

Go to 2 770

Ok or ng 770

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 770

Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature 2 turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds 3 start engine and keep the engine speed between 3 500 and 4 000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load 4 let engine idle for 1 minute 5 set voltmeter probes between ecm terminal 16 ho2s2 signal and ground 6 check the voltage while revving up to 4 000 rpm under no load at least 10 times depress and release the accelerator pedal as quickly as possible 770

The voltage does not remain in the range of 0 0 v 770

Cr without euro obd 771

Ec 771 771

Component inspection 772

Cr without euro obd 772

Ec 772 772

Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii 772

Cr without euro obd 773

Ec 773 773

Heated oxygen sensor 2 773

Removal and installation 773

Without consult ii 773

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 774

Cr without euro obd 774

Description 774

Ec 774 774

Ho2s2 heater 774

Operation 774

Specification data are reference values 774

System description 774

The ecm performs on off control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature 774

Cr without euro obd 775

Ec 775 775

Ho2s2 heater 775

Wiring diagram 775

Check overall function 776

Cr without euro obd 776

Diagnostic procedure 776

Ec 776 776

Go to 2 776

Ho2s2 heater 776

Ok or ng 776

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 776

Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature 2 turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds 3 start engine and keep the engine speed between 3 500 and 4 000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load 4 let engine idle for 1 minute 5 set voltmeter proves between ecm terminal 2 ho2s2 heater signal and ground 6 check the voltage under the following conditions 776

Cr without euro obd 777

Ec 777 777

Ho2s2 heater 777

Component inspection 778

Cr without euro obd 778

Ec 778 778

Heated oxygen sensor 2 778

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater 778

Ho2s2 heater 778

Removal and installation 778

Caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in damage to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 779

Component description 779

Cr without euro obd 779

Ec 779 779

Iat sensor 779

The intake air temperature sensor is built into manifold absolute pressure sensor the sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ecm the temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise 779

Cr without euro obd 781

Diagnostic procedure 781

Ec 781 781

Iat sensor 781

Cr without euro obd 782

Ec 782 782

Iat sensor 782

Check resistance between manifold absolute pressure sensor terminals 3 and 4 under the following conditions 783

Component inspection 783

Cr without euro obd 783

Ec 783 783

Iat sensor 783

If ng replace manifold absolute pressure sensor with intake air temperature sensor 783

Intake air temperature sensor 783

Manifold absolute pressure sensor 783

Refer to em 18 air cleaner and air duct 783

Removal and installation 783

Cr without euro obd 785

Ec 785 785

Ignition signal 785

Wiring diagram 785

Cr without euro obd 786

Ec 786 786

Ignition signal 786

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 786

Cr without euro obd 787

Ec 787 787

Ignition signal 787

Check engine start 788

Check overall function 788

Cr without euro obd 788

Diagnostic procedure 788

Ec 788 788

Go to 10 788

Go to 4 788

Ignition signal 788

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 788

Turn ignition switch off and restart engine is engine running yes or no 788

With consult ii 1 perform power balance in active test mode with consult ii 2 make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop ok or ng 788

Cr without euro obd 789

Ec 789 789

Ignition signal 789

Cr without euro obd 790

Ec 790 790

Ignition signal 790

Cr without euro obd 791

Ec 791 791

Ignition signal 791

Component inspection 792

Cr without euro obd 792

Ec 792 792

Ignition coil with power transistor 792

Ignition signal 792

Condenser 793

Cr without euro obd 793

Ec 793 793

Ignition coil with power transistor 793

Ignition signal 793

Removal and installation 793

Cr without euro obd 795

Ec 795 795

Refrigerant pressure sensor 795

Wiring diagram 795

Check ground connections 796

Check refrigerant pressure sensor overall function 796

Cr without euro obd 796

Diagnostic procedure 796

Ec 796 796

Go to 2 796

Ok or ng 796

Refrigerant pressure sensor 796

Repair or replace ground connections 796

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 796

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn a c switch and blower fan switch on 3 check voltage between ecm terminal 69 and ground with con sult ii or tester 796

Turn a c switch and blower fan switch off 2 turn ignition switch off 3 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection 796

Voltage 1 4 v 796

Cr without euro obd 797

Ec 797 797

Refrigerant pressure sensor 797

Cr without euro obd 798

Ec 798 798

Refrigerant pressure sensor 798

Removal and installation 798

Cr without euro obd 799

Description 799

Diagnostic procedure 799

Ec 799 799

Camshaft position sensor phase 801

Cr without euro obd 801

Crankshaft position sensor pos 801

Ec 801 801

Engine coolant temperature sensor 801

Fuel injector 801

Fuel pressure 801

Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater 801

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater 801

Idle speed 801

Intake air temperature sensor 801

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 801

Knock sensor 801

Manifold absolute pressure sensor 801

Refer to ec 615 component inspection 801

Refer to ec 622 component inspection 801

Service data and specifications sds 801

Throttle control motor 801

Cr without euro obd 802

Ec 802 802

Fuel pump 802

Service data and specifications sds 802

Dtc no index 803

Ec 803 803

Hr with euro obd 803

If dtc u1000 or u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1000 u1001 refer to ec 925 dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line 803

If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 928 dtc u1010 can communication 803

Index for dtc 803

Ec 804 804

Hr with euro obd 804

Index for dtc 804

Ec 805 805

Hr with euro obd 805

Index for dtc 805

Alphabetical index 806

Ec 806 806

Hr with euro obd 806

If dtc u1000 or u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1000 u1001 refer to ec 925 dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line 806

If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 928 dtc u1010 can communication 806

Index for dtc 806

Ec 807 807

Hr with euro obd 807

Index for dtc 807

Ec 808 808

Hr with euro obd 808

Index for dtc 808

Ec 809 809

Hr with euro obd 809

Lhd models 809

Maintenance information 809

On board diagnostic obd system of engine and a t 809

Precautions 809

Precautions for procedures without cowl top cover 809

Precautions for supplemental restraint system srs air bag and seat belt pre tensioner 809

Rhd models 809

Ec 810 810

Hr with euro obd 810

Precaution 810

Precautions 810

Ec 811 811

Hr with euro obd 811

Precautions 811

Ec 812 812

Hr with euro obd 812

Precautions 812

Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body 813

Ec 813 813

Hr with euro obd 813

Precautions 813

Ec 814 814

Hr with euro obd 814

Preparation 814

Special service tools 814

Commercial service tools 815

Ec 815 815

Hr with euro obd 815

Preparation 815

During acceleration 817

During deceleration 817

During high engine speed operation 817

During warm up 817

Ec 817 817

Engine control system 817

Hot engine operation 817

Hr with euro obd 817

Input output signal chart 817

Multiport fuel injection mfi system 817

System description 817

The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ecm the ecm controls the length of time the valve remains open injection pulse duration the amount of fuel injected is a program value in the ecm memory the program value is preset by engine operating conditions these conditions are determined by input signals for engine speed and intake air from the crankshaft position sensor pos camshaft position sensor phase and the mass air flow sensor 817

Various fuel injection increase decrease compensation 817

When shift lever is changed from n to d a t models 817

When starting the engine 817

Ec 818 818

Engine control system 818

Hr with euro obd 818

Mixture ratio feedback control closed loop control 818

Mixture ratio self learning control 818

Open loop control 818

At idle 819

At low battery voltage 819

At starting 819

During warm up 819

Ec 819 819

Electronic ignition ei system 819

Engine control system 819

Firing order 1 3 4 2 the ignition timing is controlled by the ecm to maintain the best air fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine the ignition timing data is stored in the ecm the ecm receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor phase sig nal computing this information ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor during the following conditions the ignition timing is revised by the ecm according to the other data stored in the ecm 819

Fuel injection timing 819

Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order this system is used when the engine is running 819

Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle in other words pulse signals of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ecm the four fuel injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle this system is used when the engine is being started and or if the fail safe system cpu is operating 819

Fuel shut off 819

Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper ation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds 819

Hr with euro obd 819

Input output signal chart 819

Sequential multiport fuel injection system 819

Simultaneous multiport fuel injection system 819

System description 819

Two types of systems are used 819

During acceleration the knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies the basic ignition timing is programmed within the anti knocking zone if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions the retard system does not operate under normal driving conditions if engine knocking occurs the knock sensor monitors the condition the signal is transmitted to the ecm the ecm retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition 820

Ec 820 820

Engine control system 820

Fuel cut control at no load and high engine speed 820

Hr with euro obd 820

If the engine speed is above 2 500 rpm under no load for example the shift lever position is neutral and engine speed is over 2 500 rpm fuel will be cut off after some time the exact time when the fuel is cut off var ies based on engine speed fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 2 000 rpm then fuel cut will be cancelled note this function is different from deceleration control listed under ec 817 multiport fuel injection mfi system 820

Input output signal chart 820

System description 820

Air conditioning cut control 821

At high engine speeds 821

Ec 821 821

Hr with euro obd 821

Input output signal chart 821

System description 821

This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used under the following conditions the air conditioner is turned off 821

When cranking the engine 821

When engine speed is excessively low 821

When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed 821

When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high 821

When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed 821

When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high 821

Can communication 822

Ec 822 822

Hr with euro obd 822

System description 822

Description 823

Ec 823 823

Evaporative emission system 823

Hr with euro obd 823

System description 823

The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel system this reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the evap canister the fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the evap canister which contains activated carbon and the vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank the vapor in the evap canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the engine is operating evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ecm when the engine operates the flow rate of vapor controlled by evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is proportionally regulated as the air flow increases evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating 823

Ec 824 824

Evaporative emission line drawing 824

Evaporative emission system 824

Hr with euro obd 824

Ec 825 825

Evaporative emission system 825

Hr with euro obd 825

Component inspection 826

Ec 826 826

Evap canister 826

Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 826

Evaporative emission system 826

Fuel tank vacuum relief valve built into fuel filler cap 826

Hr with euro obd 826

Description 827

Ec 827 827

Hr with euro obd 827

Nats nissan anti theft system 827

Component inspection 828

Description 828

Ec 828 828

Hr with euro obd 828

Pcv positive crankcase ventilation valve 828

Positive crankcase ventilation 828

System description 828

Check hoses and hose connections for leaks 2 disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air if any hose cannot be freed of obstructions replace 829

Ec 829 829

Hr with euro obd 829

Pcv valve ventilation hose 829

Positive crankcase ventilation 829

Ec 830 830

Hr with euro obd 830

Introduction 830

On board diagnostic obd system 830

The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below 830

The ecm has an on board diagnostic system which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua tors the ecm also records various emission related diagnostic information including 830

The malfunction indicator mi on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips two trip detection logic or when the ecm enters fail safe mode refer to ec 870 fail safe chart 830

The trip in the two trip detection logic means a driving mode in which self diagnosis is performed during vehicle operation specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ecm to light up or blink the mi and store dtc and freeze frame data even in the 1st trip as shown below 830

Two trip detection logic 830

When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm cannot warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function 830

Ec 831 831

Emission related diagnostic information 831

Emission related diagnostic information items 831

Hr with euro obd 831

On board diagnostic obd system 831

The fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction 831

Ec 832 832

Hr with euro obd 832

On board diagnostic obd system 832

Dtc and 1st trip dtc 833

Ec 833 833

How to read dtc and 1st trip dtc 833

Hr with euro obd 833

On board diagnostic obd system 833

Ec 834 834

Freeze frame data and 1st trip freeze frame data 834

Hr with euro obd 834

On board diagnostic obd system 834

System readiness test srt code 834

Ec 835 835

Hr with euro obd 835

If during the state emissions inspection the srt indicates cmplt for all test items the inspector will con tinue with the emissions test however if the srt indicates incmp for one or more of the srt items the vehicle is returned to the customer untested note if mi is on during the state emissions inspection the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even though the srt indicates cmplt for all test items therefore it is important to check srt cmplt and dtc no dtcs before the inspection 835

On board diagnostic obd system 835

Srt is set as cmplt after self diagnosis has been performed one or more times completion of srt is done regardless of whether the result is ok or ng the set timing is different between ok and ng results and is shown in the table below 835

Srt item 835

Srt set timing 835

The table below shows required self diagnostic items to set the srt to cmplt 835

When all srt related self diagnoses showed ok results in a single cycle ignition off on off the srt will indicate cmplt case 1 above 835

Ec 836 836

Hr with euro obd 836

On board diagnostic obd system 836

Srt service procedure 836

Ec 837 837

How to display srt code 837

Hr with euro obd 837

On board diagnostic obd system 837

With consult ii selecting srt status in dtc srt confirmation mode with consult ii for items whose srt codes are set a cmplt is displayed on the consult ii screen for items whose srt codes are not set incmp is displayed a sample of consult ii display for srt code is shown in the fig ure incmp means the self diagnosis is incomplete and srt is not set cmplt means the self diagnosis is complete and srt is set 837

Ec 838 838

How to set srt code 838

Hr with euro obd 838

On board diagnostic obd system 838

Driving pattern 839

Ec 839 839

Hr with euro obd 839

On board diagnostic obd system 839

Ec 840 840

Hr with euro obd 840

On board diagnostic obd system 840

Ec 841 841

How to erase emission related diagnostic information how to erase dtc 841

Hr with euro obd 841

On board diagnostic obd system 841

Test value and test limit gst only not applicable to consult ii 841

The following is the information specified in service 06 of iso 15031 5 the test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system circuit diagnostic test is ok or ng while being monitored by the ecm during self diagnosis the test limit is a reference value which is specified as the maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored these data test value and test limit are specified by test id tid and component id cid and can be dis played on the gst screen 841

With consult ii the emission related diagnostic information in the ecm can be erased by selecting erase in the self diag results mode with consult ii if dtcs are displayed for both ecm and tcm transmission control module they need to be erased individu ally from the ecm and tcm transmission control module note if the dtc is not for a t related items see ec 803 index for dtc skip steps 2 through 4 1 if the ignition switch stays on after repair work be sure to turn ignition switch off once wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it on engine stopped again 2 turn consult ii on and touch a t 3 touch self diag results 4 touch erase the dtc in the tcm transmission control module will be erased then touch back twice 5 touch engine 6 touch self diag results 7 touch erase the dtc in the ecm will be erased 841

Ec 842 842

Hr with euro obd 842

On board diagnostic obd system 842

Description 843

Ec 843 843

Hr with euro obd 843

Malfunction indicator mi 843

On board diagnostic obd system 843

On board diagnostic system function 843

Test values actual work procedures are explained using a dtc as an example be careful so that not only the dtc but all of the data listed above are cleared from the ecm memory during work procedures 843

The mi is located on the instrument panel 1 the mi will light up when the ignition switch is turned on without the engine running this is a bulb check if the mi does not light up check mi circuit refer to di 32 warning lamps or see ec 1236 mi data link con nectors 2 when the engine is started the mi should go off if the mi remains on the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction 843

The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions 843

When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm cannot warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function 843

Ec 844 844

How to erase diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 844

How to set diagnostic test mode ii heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor 844

How to set diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 844

How to switch diagnostic test mode 844

Hr with euro obd 844

Mi flashing without dtc 844

On board diagnostic obd system 844

Diagnostic test mode i bulb check 845

Diagnostic test mode i malfunction warning 845

Diagnostic test mode ii heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor 845

Diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 845

Ec 845 845

How to erase diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 845

Hr with euro obd 845

On board diagnostic obd system 845

Ec 846 846

Hr with euro obd 846

Obd system operation chart 846

On board diagnostic obd system 846

Relationship between mi 1st trip dtc dtc and detectable items 846

Summary chart 846

The 1st trip dtc is not displayed when the self diagnosis results in ok for the 2nd trip 846

The dtc and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times driving pattern a without the same malfunction recurring except for misfire and fuel injection system for misfire and fuel injection system the dtc and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times driving pattern c without the same malfunction recurring the time in self diagnostic results mode of consult ii will count the number of times the vehicle is driven 846

The mi will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times driving pattern b with no malfunction the drive is counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met as stored in the ecm if another malfunction occurs while counting the counter will reset 846

To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function start engine in the diagnostic test mode ii and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge next run engine at about 2 000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load conditions then make sure that the mi comes on more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2 000 rpm under no load 846

When a malfunction is detected for the first time the 1st trip dtc and the 1st trip freeze frame data are stored in the ecm memory 846

When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips the dtc and the freeze frame data are stored in the ecm memory and the mi will come on for details refer to ec 830 two trip detection logic 846

Ec 847 847

Fuel injection system 847

Hr with euro obd 847

On board diagnostic obd system 847

Ec 848 848

Hr with euro obd 848

On board diagnostic obd system 848

Ec 849 849

Fuel injection system 849

Hr with euro obd 849

On board diagnostic obd system 849

Ec 850 850

Hr with euro obd 850

On board diagnostic obd system 850

Basic inspection 851

Basic service procedure 851

Ec 851 851

Hr with euro obd 851

Basic service procedure 852

Ec 852 852

Hr with euro obd 852

Basic service procedure 853

Ec 853 853

Hr with euro obd 853

Basic service procedure 854

Ec 854 854

Hr with euro obd 854

Basic service procedure 855

Ec 855 855

Hr with euro obd 855

Basic service procedure 856

Ec 856 856

Hr with euro obd 856

Idle speed and ignition timing check 856

Idle speed with consult ii 856

Ignition timing 856

Method a 856

Method b 856

With gst 856

Accelerator pedal released position learning 857

Basic service procedure 857

Description 857

Ec 857 857

Hr with euro obd 857

Operation procedure 857

Throttle valve closed position learning 857

Basic service procedure 858

Description 858

Ec 858 858

Hr with euro obd 858

Idle air volume learning 858

Operation procedure with consult ii 858

Preparation 858

Basic service procedure 859

Ec 859 859

Hr with euro obd 859

Without consult ii 859

Basic service procedure 860

Diagnostic procedure 860

Ec 860 860

Fuel pressure check 860

Fuel pressure release with consult ii 860

Hr with euro obd 860

Without consult ii 860

Basic service procedure 861

Ec 861 861

Hr with euro obd 861

Basic service procedure 862

Ec 862 862

Hr with euro obd 862

Ec 863 863

Hr with euro obd 863

Introduction 863

Trouble diagnosis 863

Trouble diagnosis introduction 863

Detailed flow 865

Ec 865 865

Hr with euro obd 865

Trouble diagnosis 865

Ec 866 866

Hr with euro obd 866

Trouble diagnosis 866

Diagnostic worksheet description 867

Ec 867 867

Hr with euro obd 867

Trouble diagnosis 867

Dtc inspection priority chart 869

Ec 869 869

Hr with euro obd 869

If dtc u1000 or u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1000 u1001 refer to ec 925 dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line 869

If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 928 dtc u1010 can communication 869

If some dtcs are displayed at the same time perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart note 869

Trouble diagnosis 869

Ec 870 870

Fail safe chart 870

Hr with euro obd 870

Trouble diagnosis 870

When the dtc listed below is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 870

When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm cannot warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function the fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction 870

Ec 871 871

Hr with euro obd 871

Symptom matrix chart 871

System basic engine control system 871

Trouble diagnosis 871

Ec 872 872

Hr with euro obd 872

System engine mechanical other 872

Trouble diagnosis 872

Ec 873 873

Hr with euro obd 873

Trouble diagnosis 873

Ec 874 874

Hr with euro obd 874

Trouble diagnosis 874

Ec 875 875

Engine control component parts location 875

Hr with euro obd 875

Trouble diagnosis 875

Ec 876 876

Hr with euro obd 876

Trouble diagnosis 876

Ec 877 877

Hr with euro obd 877

Trouble diagnosis 877

Ec 878 878

Hr with euro obd 878

Trouble diagnosis 878

Ec 879 879

Hr with euro obd 879

Trouble diagnosis 879

Ec 880 880

Hr with euro obd 880

Refer to ec 816 system diagram for vacuum control system 880

Trouble diagnosis 880

Vacuum hose drawing 880

Circuit diagram 881

Ec 881 881

Hr with euro obd 881

Trouble diagnosis 881

Data is for comparison and may not be exact 883

Disconnect ecm harness connector 883

Ec 883 883

Ecm 1 is located in the engine room left side near battery 883

Ecm harness connector terminal layout 883

Ecm inspection table 883

Ecm terminals and reference value 883

Fasten b 3 connect a break out box sst and y cable adapter sst between the ecm and ecm harness connector 883

Hr with euro obd 883

Preparation 883

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecms transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 883

Trouble diagnosis 883

Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time 883

Vehicle front 883

When disconnecting ecm harness connector loosen a it with levers 1 as far as they will go as shown in the figure 883

Ec 884 884

Hr with euro obd 884

Trouble diagnosis 884

Ec 885 885

Hr with euro obd 885

Trouble diagnosis 885

Ec 886 886

Hr with euro obd 886

Trouble diagnosis 886

Ec 887 887

Hr with euro obd 887

Trouble diagnosis 887

Ec 888 888

Hr with euro obd 888

Trouble diagnosis 888

Ec 889 889

Hr with euro obd 889

Trouble diagnosis 889

Ec 890 890

Hr with euro obd 890

Trouble diagnosis 890

Consult ii function engine 891

Ec 891 891

Function 891

Hr with euro obd 891

Trouble diagnosis 891

Ec 892 892

Engine control component parts control systems application 892

Hr with euro obd 892

Trouble diagnosis 892

Ec 893 893

Freeze frame data and 1st trip freeze frame data 893

Hr with euro obd 893

Inspection procedure 893

Refer to gi 36 consult ii start procedure 893

Regarding items of dtc and 1st trip dtc refer to ec 831 emission related diagnostic informa tion items 893

Self diag results mode self diagnostic item 893

Trouble diagnosis 893

Work support mode work item 893

Data monitor mode monitored item 894

Ec 894 894

Hr with euro obd 894

Trouble diagnosis 894

Ec 895 895

Hr with euro obd 895

Trouble diagnosis 895

Ec 896 896

Hr with euro obd 896

Trouble diagnosis 896

Active test mode test item 897

Data monitor spec mode monitored item 897

Ec 897 897

Hr with euro obd 897

Trouble diagnosis 897

Consult ii has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching setting in data monitor mode 1 auto trig automatic trigger 898

Dtc srt confirmation mode srt status mode 898

Dtc work support mode 898

Ec 898 898

For details refer to ec 834 system readiness test srt code 898

Hr with euro obd 898

Real time diagnosis in data monitor mode recording vehicle data description 898

Srt work support mode 898

The malfunction will be identified on the consult ii screen in real time in other words dtc 1st trip dtc and malfunction item will be displayed if the malfunction is detected by ecm at the moment a malfunction is detected by ecm moni tor in data monitor screen is changed to recording data xx as shown at right and the data after the mal function detection is recorded then when the percentage reached 100 real time diag screen is displayed if stop is touched on the screen during recording data xx real time diag screen is also displayed 898

This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the srt while monitoring the srt status 898

Trouble diagnosis 898

Ec 899 899

Hr with euro obd 899

Operation 899

Trouble diagnosis 899

Description 900

Ec 900 900

Function 900

Generic scan tool gst function 900

Generic scan tool obdii scan tool complying with iso 15031 4 has 8 different functions explained below iso9141 is used as the protocol the name gst or generic scan tool is used in this service man ual 900

Hr with euro obd 900

Inspection procedure 900

Trouble diagnosis 900

Turn ignition switch off 2 connect gst to data link connector 1 which is located under lh dash panel 900

Ec 901 901

Hr with euro obd 901

Perform each diagnostic service according to each service pro cedure for further information see the gst operation manual of the tool maker 901

Trouble diagnosis 901

Turn ignition switch on 4 enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in the operation manual regarding gst screens in this section sample screens are shown 901

Consult ii reference value in data monitor 902

Ec 902 902

Hr with euro obd 902

Trouble diagnosis 902

Ec 903 903

Hr with euro obd 903

Trouble diagnosis 903

Ec 904 904

Hr with euro obd 904

Trouble diagnosis 904

Below is the data for clsd thl pos accel sen 1 and thrtl sen 1 when depressing the accelera tor pedal with the ignition switch on and with shift lever in d position a t 1st position m t the signal of accel sen 1 and thrtl sen 1 should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise after clsd thl pos is changed from on to off 905

Below is the data for eng speed mas a f se b1 thrtl sen 1 ho2s2 b1 and inj pulse b1 when revving engine quickly up to 4 800 rpm under no load after warming up engine sufficiently each value is for reference the exact value may vary 905

Clsd thl pos accel sen 1 thrtl sen 1 905

Ec 905 905

Eng speed mas a f se b1 thrtl sen 1 ho2s2 b1 inj pulse b1 905

Hr with euro obd 905

Major sensor reference graph in data monitor mode 905

The following are the major sensor reference graphs in data monitor mode 905

Trouble diagnosis 905

Description 907

Ec 907 907

Hr with euro obd 907

Inspection procedure 907

Testing condition 907

Trouble diagnosis specification value 907

Ec 909 909

Hr with euro obd 909

Trouble diagnosis specification value 909

Detailed procedure 910

Ec 910 910

Hr with euro obd 910

Trouble diagnosis specification value 910

Ec 911 911

Hr with euro obd 911

Trouble diagnosis specification value 911

Ec 912 912

Hr with euro obd 912

Trouble diagnosis specification value 912

Ec 913 913

Hr with euro obd 913

Trouble diagnosis specification value 913

Ec 914 914

Hr with euro obd 914

Trouble diagnosis specification value 914

Ec 915 915

Hr with euro obd 915

Trouble diagnosis specification value 915

Ec 916 916

Hr with euro obd 916

Trouble diagnosis specification value 916

Description 917

Diagnostic procedure 917

Ec 917 917

Hr with euro obd 917

Trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident 917

Check ecm power supply circuit i 919

Diagnostic procedure 919

Ec 919 919

Go to 2 919

Go to 3 919

Hr with euro obd 919

Inspection start 919

Ok or ng 919

Power supply and ground circuit 919

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 919

Start engine is engine running yes or no 919

Turn ignition switch off and then on 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 93 and ground with con sult ii or tester 919

Voltage battery voltage 919

Ec 920 920

Hr with euro obd 920

Power supply and ground circuit 920

Ec 921 921

Hr with euro obd 921

Power supply and ground circuit 921

Ec 922 922

Hr with euro obd 922

Power supply and ground circuit 922

Ec 923 923

Hr with euro obd 923

Power supply and ground circuit 923

Ec 924 924

Ground inspection 924

Hr with euro obd 924

Power supply and ground circuit 924

Can controller area network is a serial communication line for real time application it is an on vehicle mul tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability many elec tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation not independent in can communication control units are connected with 2 communication lines can h line can l line allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring each control unit transmits receives data but selectively reads required data only 925

Description 925

Dtc confirmation procedure 925

Dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line 925

Ec 925 925

Hr with euro obd 925

On board diagnosis logic 925

Turn ignition switch on and wait at least 3 seconds 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 if 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 927 diagnostic procedure 925

Diagnostic procedure 927

Dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line 927

Ec 927 927

Go to lan 3 precautions when using consult ii 927

Hr with euro obd 927

Description 928

Dtc confirmation procedure 928

Dtc u1010 can communication 928

Ec 928 928

Hr with euro obd 928

On board diagnosis logic 928

With consult ii 928

With gst 928

Diagnostic procedure 929

Dtc u1010 can communication 929

Ec 929 929

Hr with euro obd 929

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 930

Description 930

Dtc p0011 ivt control 930

Ec 930 930

Hr with euro obd 930

Specification data are reference values 930

System description 930

This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake valve the ecm receives signals such as crankshaft position camshaft position engine speed and engine coolant temperature then the ecm sends on off pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve depending on driving status this makes it possible to control the shut open timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low mid speed range and output in high speed range 930

Caution always drive at a safe speed note 931

Dtc confirmation procedure 931

Dtc p0011 ivt control 931

Ec 931 931

Ecm enters in fail safe mode when the malfunction is detected 931

Fail safe mode 931

Hr with euro obd 931

If dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is between 10v and 16v at idle 931

If dtc p0011 is displayed with dtc p1111 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p1111 see ec 1077 dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 931

Let engine idle for 10 seconds 5 if the 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 932 diagnostic procedure if the 1st trip dtc is not detected go to next step 6 maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds 931

On board diagnosis logic 931

The mi will not light up for these self diagnoses 931

Turn ignition switch on and select data monitor mode with consult ii 2 start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera ture 3 maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive sec onds hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible 931

With consult ii 931

Diagnostic procedure 932

Dtc p0011 ivt control 932

Ec 932 932

Hr with euro obd 932

With gst 932

Component inspection 933

Dtc p0011 ivt control 933

Ec 933 933

Hr with euro obd 933

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 933

Dtc p0011 ivt control 934

Ec 934 934

Hr with euro obd 934

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 934

Removal and installation 934

Component description 935

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 935

Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor 935

Ec 935 935

Fail safe mode 935

Hr with euro obd 935

On board diagnosis logic 935

Specification data are reference values 935

The mass air flow sensor 1 is placed in the stream of intake air it measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake flow the mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount the heat generated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it the more air the greater the heat loss therefore the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases the ecm detects the air flow by means of this current change 935

These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 935

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 935

Dtc confirmation procedure 936

Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor 936

Ec 936 936

Hr with euro obd 936

Procedure for dtc p0102 with consult ii 936

Procedure for dtc p0103 with consult ii 936

With gst 936

Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor 937

Ec 937 937

Hr with euro obd 937

Wiring diagram 937

Air duct 938

Check intake system 938

Check the following for connection 938

Diagnostic procedure 938

Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor 938

Ec 938 938

Go to 3 938

Hr with euro obd 938

Inspection start 938

Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold ok or ng 938

Reconnect the parts 938

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 938

Vacuum hoses 938

Which malfunction p0102 or p0103 is duplicated p0102 or p0103 938

Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor 939

Ec 939 939

Hr with euro obd 939

Component inspection 940

Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor 940

Ec 940 940

Hr with euro obd 940

Mass air flow sensor with consult ii 940

Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor 941

Ec 941 941

Hr with euro obd 941

Mass air flow sensor 941

Removal and installation 941

Without consult ii 941

Caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in damage to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 942

Component description 942

Dtc confirmation procedure 942

Dtc p0112 p0113 iat sensor 942

Ec 942 942

Hr with euro obd 942

Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 942

On board diagnosis logic 942

The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor 1 the sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ecm the temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise 942

Turn ignition switch on 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 wait at least 5 seconds 4 if 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 945 diagnostic procedure 942

With consult ii 942

Dtc p0112 p0113 iat sensor 943

Ec 943 943

Follow the procedure with consult ii above 943

Hr with euro obd 943

With gst 943

Diagnostic procedure 945

Dtc p0112 p0113 iat sensor 945

Ec 945 945

Hr with euro obd 945

Component inspection 946

Dtc p0112 p0113 iat sensor 946

Ec 946 946

Hr with euro obd 946

Intake air temperature sensor 946

Mass air flow sensor 946

Removal and installation 946

Caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 947

Component description 947

Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 947

Ec 947 947

Fail safe mode 947

Hr with euro obd 947

On board diagnosis logic 947

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature the sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ecm the modified signal returns to the ecm as the engine coolant temperature input the sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature the electrical resistance of the ther mistor decreases as temperature increases 947

These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 947

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 947

Dtc confirmation procedure 948

Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 948

Ec 948 948

Hr with euro obd 948

With consult ii 948

With gst 948

Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 949

Ec 949 949

Hr with euro obd 949

Wiring diagram 949

Diagnostic procedure 950

Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 950

Ec 950 950

Hr with euro obd 950

Component inspection 951

Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 951

Ec 951 951

Engine coolant temperature sensor 951

Hr with euro obd 951

Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 952

Ec 952 952

Engine coolant temperature sensor 952

Hr with euro obd 952

If ng replace engine coolant temperature sensor 952

Refer to em 173 cylinder head 952

Removal and installation 952

Component description 953

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 953

Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 953

Ec 953 953

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion 953

Fail safe mode 953

Hr with euro obd 953

On board diagnosis logic 953

Specification data are reference values 953

These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic note if dtc p0122 or p0123 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1150 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 953

When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 953

Dtc confirmation procedure 954

Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 954

Ec 954 954

Hr with euro obd 954

With consult ii 954

With gst 954

Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 955

Ec 955 955

Hr with euro obd 955

Wiring diagram 955

Check ground connections 956

Diagnostic procedure 956

Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 956

Ec 956 956

Hr with euro obd 956

Ok or ng 956

Repair or replace ground connections 956

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 956

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 956

Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 957

Ec 957 957

Hr with euro obd 957

Component inspection 958

Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 958

Ec 958 958

Electric throttle control actuator 958

Hr with euro obd 958

Removal and installation 958

Throttle position sensor 958

Component description 959

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 959

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 959

Ec 959 959

Hr with euro obd 959

On board diagnosis logic 959

Specification data are reference values 959

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 959

To judge the malfunction the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high 959

Dtc confirmation procedure 960

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 960

Ec 960 960

Hr with euro obd 960

With consult ii 960

With gst 960

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 961

Ec 961 961

Hr with euro obd 961

Wiring diagram 961

Check ground connections 962

Diagnostic procedure 962

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 962

Ec 962 962

Hr with euro obd 962

Ok or ng 962

Repair or replace ground connections 962

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 962

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 962

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 963

Ec 963 963

Hr with euro obd 963

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 964

Ec 964 964

Hr with euro obd 964

Component inspection 965

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 965

Ec 965 965

Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 965

Hr with euro obd 965

Without consult ii 965

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 966

Ec 966 966

Heated oxygen sensor 1 966

Hr with euro obd 966

Removal and installation 966

Component description 967

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 967

Dtc p0133 ho2s1 967

Ec 967 967

Hr with euro obd 967

On board diagnosis logic 967

Specification data are reference values 967

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 967

To judge the malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 this diagnosis measures response time of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal the time is compensated by engine operating speed and load fuel feedback control constant and heated oxygen sensor 1 temperature index judgment is based on whether the compensated time heated oxy gen sensor 1 cycling time index is inordinately long or not 967

Dtc confirmation procedure 968

Dtc p0133 ho2s1 968

Ec 968 968

Hr with euro obd 968

With consult ii 968

Dtc p0133 ho2s1 969

Ec 969 969

Hr with euro obd 969

Overall function check 969

With gst 969

Check ground connections 971

Diagnostic procedure 971

Dtc p0133 ho2s1 971

Ec 971 971

Hr with euro obd 971

Ok or ng 971

Repair or replace ground connections 971

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 971

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 971

Dtc p0133 ho2s1 972

Ec 972 972

Hr with euro obd 972

Dtc p0133 ho2s1 973

Ec 973 973

Hr with euro obd 973

Dtc p0133 ho2s1 974

Ec 974 974

Hr with euro obd 974

Component inspection 975

Dtc p0133 ho2s1 975

Ec 975 975

Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 975

Hr with euro obd 975

Dtc p0133 ho2s1 976

Ec 976 976

Heated oxygen sensor 1 976

Hr with euro obd 976

Removal and installation 976

Without consult ii 976

Component description 977

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 977

Dtc p0134 ho2s1 977

Ec 977 977

Hr with euro obd 977

On board diagnosis logic 977

Specification data are reference values 977

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 977

Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is not input the ecm circuits will read a continuous approximately 0 v therefore for this diagnosis the time that output voltage is within 200 to 400 mv range is monitored and the diagnosis checks that this time is not inordinately long 977

Dtc confirmation procedure 978

Dtc p0134 ho2s1 978

Ec 978 978

Hr with euro obd 978

With consult ii 978

Dtc p0134 ho2s1 979

Ec 979 979

Hr with euro obd 979

Overall function check 979

With gst 979

Check ground connections 981

Diagnostic procedure 981

Dtc p0134 ho2s1 981

Ec 981 981

Hr with euro obd 981

Ok or ng 981

Repair or replace ground connections 981

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 981

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 981

Dtc p0134 ho2s1 982

Ec 982 982

Hr with euro obd 982

Component inspection 983

Dtc p0134 ho2s1 983

Ec 983 983

Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 983

Hr with euro obd 983

Without consult ii 983

Dtc p0134 ho2s1 984

Ec 984 984

Heated oxygen sensor 1 984

Hr with euro obd 984

Removal and installation 984

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 985

Description 985

Dtc p0135 ho2s1 heater 985

Ec 985 985

Hr with euro obd 985

On board diagnosis logic 985

Operation 985

Specification data are reference values 985

System description 985

The ecm performs on off duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine speed and engine coolant temperature the duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine is started 985

Dtc confirmation procedure 986

Dtc p0135 ho2s1 heater 986

Ec 986 986

Hr with euro obd 986

With consult ii 986

With gst 986

Dtc p0135 ho2s1 heater 987

Ec 987 987

Hr with euro obd 987

Wiring diagram 987

Check ground connections 988

Diagnostic procedure 988

Dtc p0135 ho2s1 heater 988

Ec 988 988

Hr with euro obd 988

Ok or ng 988

Repair or replace ground connections 988

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 988

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 988

Dtc p0135 ho2s1 heater 989

Ec 989 989

Hr with euro obd 989

Component inspection 990

Dtc p0135 ho2s1 heater 990

Ec 990 990

Heated oxygen sensor 1 990

Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater 990

Hr with euro obd 990

Removal and installation 990

Component description 991

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 991

Dtc p0138 ho2s2 991

Ec 991 991

Hr with euro obd 991

On board diagnosis logic 991

Specification data are reference values 991

The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation 991

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving condition such as fuel cut 991

Dtc confirmation procedure 992

Dtc p0138 ho2s2 992

Ec 992 992

Hr with euro obd 992

With consult ii 992

With gst 992

Dtc p0138 ho2s2 993

Ec 993 993

Hr with euro obd 993

Wiring diagram 993

Check ground connections 994

Diagnostic procedure 994

Dtc p0138 ho2s2 994

Ec 994 994

Hr with euro obd 994

Ok or ng 994

Repair or replace ground connections 994

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 994

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 994

Component inspection 995

Dtc p0138 ho2s2 995

Ec 995 995

Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii 995

Hr with euro obd 995

Dtc p0138 ho2s2 996

Ec 996 996

Hr with euro obd 996

Without consult ii 996

Dtc p0138 ho2s2 997

Ec 997 997

Heated oxygen sensor 2 997

Hr with euro obd 997

Refer to ex 3 exhaust system 997

Removal and installation 997

Component description 998

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 998

Dtc p0139 ho2s2 998

Ec 998 998

Hr with euro obd 998

On board diagnosis logic 998

Specification data are reference values 998

The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation 998

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the switching response of the sen sor s voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condi tion such as fuel cut 998

Dtc confirmation procedure 999

Dtc p0139 ho2s2 999

Ec 999 999

Hr with euro obd 999

With consult ii procedure for cond1 999

Dtc p0139 ho2s2 1000

Ec 1000 1000

Hr with euro obd 1000

Overall function check 1000

Procedure for cond2 1000

Procedure for cond3 1000

With gst 1000

Dtc p0139 ho2s2 1001

Ec 1001 1001

Hr with euro obd 1001

Wiring diagram 1001

Check ground connections 1002

Diagnostic procedure 1002

Dtc p0139 ho2s2 1002

Ec 1002 1002

Hr with euro obd 1002

Ok or ng 1002

Repair or replace ground connections 1002

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1002

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 1002

Dtc p0139 ho2s2 1003

Ec 1003 1003

Hr with euro obd 1003

Component inspection 1004

Dtc p0139 ho2s2 1004

Ec 1004 1004

Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii 1004

Hr with euro obd 1004

Dtc p0139 ho2s2 1005

Ec 1005 1005

Heated oxygen sensor 2 1005

Hr with euro obd 1005

Removal and installation 1005

Without consult ii 1005

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1006

Description 1006

Dtc p0141 ho2s2 heater 1006

Ec 1006 1006

Hr with euro obd 1006

On board diagnosis logic 1006

Operation 1006

Specification data are reference values 1006

System description 1006

The ecm performs on off control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature 1006

Dtc confirmation procedure 1007

Dtc p0141 ho2s2 heater 1007

Ec 1007 1007

Hr with euro obd 1007

With consult ii 1007

With gst 1007

Check ground connections 1009

Diagnostic procedure 1009

Dtc p0141 ho2s2 heater 1009

Ec 1009 1009

Hr with euro obd 1009

Ok or ng 1009

Repair or replace ground connections 1009

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1009

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 1009

Dtc p0141 ho2s2 heater 1010

Ec 1010 1010

Hr with euro obd 1010

Component inspection 1011

Dtc p0141 ho2s2 heater 1011

Ec 1011 1011

Heated oxygen sensor 2 1011

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater 1011

Hr with euro obd 1011

Removal and installation 1011

Dtc confirmation procedure 1012

Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function 1012

Ec 1012 1012

Hr with euro obd 1012

Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 1012

On board diagnosis logic 1012

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds 3 turn ignition switch on and select self learning cont in work support mode with con sult ii 4 clear the self learning control coefficient by touching clear 5 select data monitor mode with consult ii 6 start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes the 1st trip dtc p0171 should be detected at this stage if a malfunction exists if so go to ec 1016 diagnostic procedure note if 1st trip dtc is not detected during above procedure perform ing the following procedure is advised a turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds b start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data for 10 minutes refer to the table below hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible 1012

The similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data means the vehicle operation that the following con ditions should be satisfied at the same time 1012

With consult ii 1012

With the air fuel mixture ratio self learning control the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1 the ecm calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios in case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large the actual mixture ratio is too lean the ecm judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the mi 2 trip detection logic 1012

Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function 1013

Ec 1013 1013

Hr with euro obd 1013

If engine does not start check exhaust and intake air leak visually 1013

If it is difficult to start engine at step 6 the fuel injection system has a malfunction too 8 crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal if engine starts go to ec 1016 diagnostic procedure if engine does not start check exhaust and intake air leak visually 1013

If it is difficult to start engine at step 8 the fuel injection system has a malfunction 11 crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal if engine starts go to ec 1016 diagnostic procedure 1013

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds 3 disconnect mass air flow sensor 1 harness connector 4 restart engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds 5 stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con nector 6 select service 03 with gst make sure dtc p0102 is detected 7 select service 04 with gst and erase the dtc p0102 8 start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes 9 select service 07 with gst the 1st trip dtc p0171 should be detected at this stage if a malfunction exists if so go to ec 1016 diagnostic procedure note if 1st trip dtc is not detected during above procedure performing the following procedure is advised a turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds b start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data for 10 min utes refer to the table below hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible 1013

The similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data means the vehicle operation that the following con ditions should be satisfied at the same time 1013

With gst 1013

Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function 1015

Ec 1015 1015

Hr with euro obd 1015

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1015

Diagnostic procedure 1016

Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function 1016

Ec 1016 1016

Hr with euro obd 1016

Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function 1017

Ec 1017 1017

Hr with euro obd 1017

Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function 1018

Ec 1018 1018

Hr with euro obd 1018

Dtc confirmation procedure 1019

Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function 1019

Ec 1019 1019

Hr with euro obd 1019

If it is difficult to start engine at step 6 the fuel injection system has a malfunction too 1019

Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 1019

On board diagnosis logic 1019

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds 3 turn ignition switch on and select self learning cont in work support mode with con sult ii 4 clear the self learning control coefficient by touching clear 5 select data monitor mode with consult ii 6 start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes the 1st trip dtc p0172 should be detected at this stage if a malfunction exists if so go to ec 1023 diagnostic procedure note if 1st trip dtc is not detected during above procedure perform ing the following procedure is advised a turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds b start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data for 10 minutes refer to the table below hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible 1019

The similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data means the vehicle operation that the following con ditions should be satisfied at the same time 1019

With consult ii 1019

With the air fuel mixture ratio self learning control the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensors 1 the ecm calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios in case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large the actual mixture ratio is too rich the ecm judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the mi 2 trip detection logic 1019

Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function 1020

Ec 1020 1020

Hr with euro obd 1020

With gst 1020

Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function 1021

Ec 1021 1021

Hr with euro obd 1021

Wiring diagram 1021

Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function 1022

Ec 1022 1022

Hr with euro obd 1022

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1022

Diagnostic procedure 1023

Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function 1023

Ec 1023 1023

Hr with euro obd 1023

Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function 1024

Ec 1024 1024

Hr with euro obd 1024

Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function 1025

Ec 1025 1025

Hr with euro obd 1025

Component description 1026

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1026

Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 1026

Ec 1026 1026

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion 1026

Fail safe mode 1026

Hr with euro obd 1026

On board diagnosis logic 1026

Specification data are reference values 1026

These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic note if dtc p0222 or p0223 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1150 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1026

When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1026

Dtc confirmation procedure 1027

Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 1027

Ec 1027 1027

Hr with euro obd 1027

With consult ii 1027

With gst 1027

Check ground connections 1029

Diagnostic procedure 1029

Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 1029

Ec 1029 1029

Hr with euro obd 1029

Ok or ng 1029

Repair or replace ground connections 1029

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1029

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 1029

Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 1030

Ec 1030 1030

Hr with euro obd 1030

Component inspection 1031

Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 1031

Ec 1031 1031

Electric throttle control actuator 1031

Hr with euro obd 1031

Removal and installation 1031

Throttle position sensor 1031

Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire 1032

Ec 1032 1032

Hr with euro obd 1032

On board diagnosis logic 1032

The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions 1 one trip detection logic three way catalyst damage on the first trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst twc due to over heating the mi will blink when a misfire condition occurs the ecm monitors the ckp sensor pos signal every 200 engine revo lutions for a change when the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the twc the mi will turn off if another misfire condition occurs that can damage the twc on a second trip the mi will blink when the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the twc the mi will remain on if another misfire condition occurs that can damage the twc the mi will begin to blink again 2 two trip detection logic exhaust quality deterioration for misfire conditions that will not damage the twc but will affect vehicle emissions the mi will only light when the misfire is detected on a second trip during this condition the ecm mo 1032

When a misfire occurs engine speed will fluctuate if the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank shaft position ckp sensor pos signal to vary ecm can determine that a misfire is occurring 1032

Diagnostic procedure 1033

Dtc confirmation procedure 1033

Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire 1033

Ec 1033 1033

Hr with euro obd 1033

With consult ii 1033

With gst 1033

Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire 1034

Ec 1034 1034

Hr with euro obd 1034

Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire 1035

Ec 1035 1035

Hr with euro obd 1035

Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire 1036

Ec 1036 1036

Hr with euro obd 1036

Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire 1037

Ec 1037 1037

Hr with euro obd 1037

Component description 1038

Dtc confirmation procedure 1038

Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 1038

Ec 1038 1038

Hr with euro obd 1038

On board diagnosis logic 1038

With consult ii 1038

With gst 1038

Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 1039

Ec 1039 1039

Hr with euro obd 1039

Wiring diagram 1039

Diagnostic procedure 1040

Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 1040

Ec 1040 1040

Hr with euro obd 1040

Component inspection 1041

Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 1041

Ec 1041 1041

Hr with euro obd 1041

Knock sensor 1041

Removal and installation 1041

Component description 1042

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1042

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1042

Ec 1042 1042

Hr with euro obd 1042

On board diagnosis logic 1042

Specification data are reference values 1042

The crankshaft position sensor pos is located on the cylinder block rear housing facing the gear teeth cogs of the signal plate at the end of the crankshaft it detects the fluctuation of the engine rev olution the sensor consists of a permanent magnet and hall ic when the engine is running the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change the changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change due to the changing magnetic field the voltage from the sensor changes the ecm receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution ecm receives the signals as shown in the figure 1042

Dtc confirmation procedure 1043

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1043

Ec 1043 1043

Hr with euro obd 1043

With consult ii 1043

With gst 1043

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1045

Ec 1045 1045

Hr with euro obd 1045

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1045

Diagnostic procedure 1046

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1046

Ec 1046 1046

Hr with euro obd 1046

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1047

Ec 1047 1047

Hr with euro obd 1047

Component inspection 1048

Crankshaft position sensor pos 1048

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1048

Ec 1048 1048

Hr with euro obd 1048

Removal and installation 1048

Component description 1049

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1049

Ec 1049 1049

Hr with euro obd 1049

Note if dtc p0340 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1150 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1049

On board diagnosis logic 1049

The camshaft position sensor phase senses the protrusion of camshaft int to identify a particular cylinder the camshaft position sensor phase senses the piston position when the crankshaft position sensor pos system becomes inoper ative the camshaft position sensor phase provides various con trols of engine parts instead utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals the sensor consists of a permanent magnet and hall ic when engine is running the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change the changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change due to the changing magnetic field the voltage from the sensor changes ecm receives the signals as shown in the figure 1049

Dtc confirmation procedure 1050

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1050

Ec 1050 1050

Hr with euro obd 1050

With consult ii 1050

With gst 1050

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1051

Ec 1051 1051

Hr with euro obd 1051

Wiring diagram 1051

Check starting system 1052

Check starting system refer to sc 45 starting system 1052

Diagnostic procedure 1052

Does the engine turn over does the starter motor operate 1052

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1052

Ec 1052 1052

Hr with euro obd 1052

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1052

Turn ignition switch to start position 1052

Yes or no 1052

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1053

Ec 1053 1053

Hr with euro obd 1053

Camshaft position sensor phase 1054

Component inspection 1054

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1054

Ec 1054 1054

Hr with euro obd 1054

Camshaft position sensor phase 1055

Check resistance as shown in the figure 1055

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1055

Ec 1055 1055

Hr with euro obd 1055

Refer to em 151 camshaft 1055

Removal and installation 1055

Visually check the sensor for chipping 1055

Dtc confirmation procedure 1056

Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function 1056

Ec 1056 1056

Hr with euro obd 1056

On board diagnosis logic 1056

With consult ii 1056

Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function 1057

Ec 1057 1057

Hr with euro obd 1057

Overall function check 1057

With gst 1057

Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function 1058

Ec 1058 1058

Hr with euro obd 1058

Diagnostic procedure 1059

Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function 1059

Ec 1059 1059

Hr with euro obd 1059

Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function 1060

Ec 1060 1060

Hr with euro obd 1060

Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function 1061

Ec 1061 1061

Hr with euro obd 1061

Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function 1062

Ec 1062 1062

Hr with euro obd 1062

Component description 1063

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1063

Description 1063

Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1063

Ec 1063 1063

Hr with euro obd 1063

On board diagnosis logic 1063

Specification data are reference values 1063

System description 1063

The evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a on off duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canis ter the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by on off pulses from the ecm the longer the on pulse the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve 1063

This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canister the opening of the vapor by pass pas sage in the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats on off operation according to the signal sent from the ecm the opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control the optimum value stored in the ecm is determined by considering various engine conditions when the engine is operating the flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canister is regulated as the air flow changes 1063

Dtc confirmation procedure 1064

Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1064

Ec 1064 1064

Hr with euro obd 1064

With consult ii 1064

With gst 1064

Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1065

Ec 1065 1065

Hr with euro obd 1065

Wiring diagram 1065

Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1066

Ec 1066 1066

Hr with euro obd 1066

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1066

Diagnostic procedure 1067

Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1067

Ec 1067 1067

Hr with euro obd 1067

Component inspection 1068

Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1068

Ec 1068 1068

Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve with consult ii 1068

Hr with euro obd 1068

Without consult ii 1068

Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1069

Ec 1069 1069

Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1069

Hr with euro obd 1069

Refer to em 120 intake manifold 1069

Removal and installation 1069

Description 1070

Dtc confirmation procedure 1070

Dtc p0500 vss 1070

Ec 1070 1070

Hr with euro obd 1070

On board diagnosis logic 1070

With consult ii 1070

Diagnostic procedure 1071

Dtc p0500 vss 1071

Ec 1071 1071

Hr with euro obd 1071

Overall function check 1071

With gst 1071

Component description 1072

Dtc confirmation procedure 1072

Dtc p0605 ecm 1072

Ec 1072 1072

Fail safe mode 1072

Hr with euro obd 1072

On board diagnosis logic 1072

Procedure for malfunction a with consult ii 1072

With gst 1072

Diagnostic procedure 1073

Dtc p0605 ecm 1073

Ec 1073 1073

Hr with euro obd 1073

Procedure for malfunction b with consult ii 1073

Procedure for malfunction c with consult ii 1073

With gst 1073

Dtc p0605 ecm 1074

Ec 1074 1074

Hr with euro obd 1074

Component description 1075

Dtc confirmation procedure 1075

Dtc p1065 ecm 1075

Ec 1075 1075

Hr with euro obd 1075

On board diagnosis logic 1075

With consult ii 1075

With gst 1075

Diagnostic procedure 1076

Dtc p1065 ecm 1076

Ec 1076 1076

Hr with euro obd 1076

Component description 1077

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1077

Dtc confirmation procedure 1077

Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 1077

Ec 1077 1077

Following the procedure with consult ii above 1077

Hr with euro obd 1077

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by on off pulse duty ratio signals from the ecm the intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit or stops oil flow the longer pulse width advances valve angle the shorter pulse width retards valve angle when on and off pulse widths become equal the solenoid valve stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control position 1077

Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 1077

On board diagnosis logic 1077

Specification data are reference values 1077

Turn ignition switch on 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds 4 if 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 1080 diagnostic proce dure 1077

With consult ii 1077

With gst 1077

Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 1079

Ec 1079 1079

Hr with euro obd 1079

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1079

Diagnostic procedure 1080

Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 1080

Ec 1080 1080

Hr with euro obd 1080

Component inspection 1081

Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 1081

Ec 1081 1081

Hr with euro obd 1081

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 1081

Removal and installation 1081

Component description 1082

Dtc confirmation procedure 1082

Dtc p1121 electric throttle control actuator 1082

Ec 1082 1082

Fail safe mode 1082

Hr with euro obd 1082

On board diagnosis logic 1082

Procedure for malfunction a and b with consult ii 1082

Diagnostic procedure 1083

Dtc p1121 electric throttle control actuator 1083

Ec 1083 1083

Hr with euro obd 1083

Procedure for malfunction c with consult ii 1083

Removal and installation 1083

With gst 1083

Description 1084

Dtc confirmation procedure 1084

Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 1084

Ec 1084 1084

Fail safe mode 1084

Hr with euro obd 1084

On board diagnosis logic 1084

With consult ii 1084

With gst 1084

Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 1085

Ec 1085 1085

Hr with euro obd 1085

Wiring diagram 1085

Check ground connections 1086

Diagnostic procedure 1086

Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 1086

Ec 1086 1086

Hr with euro obd 1086

Ok or ng 1086

Repair or replace ground connections 1086

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1086

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 1086

Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 1087

Ec 1087 1087

Hr with euro obd 1087

Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 1088

Ec 1088 1088

Hr with euro obd 1088

Component inspection 1089

Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 1089

Ec 1089 1089

Electric throttle control actuator 1089

Hr with euro obd 1089

Removal and installation 1089

Throttle control motor 1089

Component description 1090

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1090

Dtc confirmation procedure 1090

Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 1090

Ec 1090 1090

Fail safe mode 1090

Follow the procedure with consult ii above 1090

Hr with euro obd 1090

Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 1090

On board diagnosis logic 1090

Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ecm via throttle control motor relay the throttle control motor relay is on off controlled by the ecm when the ignition switch is turned on the ecm sends an on signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ecm when the ignition switch is turned off the ecm sends an off signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not provided to the ecm 1090

Procedure for dtc p1124 with consult ii 1090

Specification data are reference values 1090

These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 1090

Turn ignition switch on and wait at least 1 seconds 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 if dtc is detected go to ec 1093 diagnostic procedure 1090

When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1090

With gst 1090

Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 1091

Ec 1091 1091

Follow the procedure with consult ii above 1091

Hr with euro obd 1091

Procedure for dtc p1126 1091

Testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 8v 1091

Turn ignition switch on and wait at least 2 second 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds 4 if dtc is detected go to ec 1093 diagnostic procedure 1091

With consult ii 1091

With gst 1091

Check throttle control motor relay power supply circuit i 1093

Diagnostic procedure 1093

Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 1093

Ec 1093 1093

Go to 2 1093

Hr with euro obd 1093

Ok or ng 1093

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1093

Turn ignition switch off 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 15 and ground with con sult ii or tester 1093

Voltage battery voltage 1093

Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 1094

Ec 1094 1094

Hr with euro obd 1094

Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 1095

Ec 1095 1095

Hr with euro obd 1095

Component description 1096

Dtc confirmation procedure 1096

Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 1096

Ec 1096 1096

Fail safe mode 1096

Hr with euro obd 1096

On board diagnosis logic 1096

With consult ii 1096

With gst 1096

Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 1097

Ec 1097 1097

Hr with euro obd 1097

Wiring diagram 1097

Check ground connections 1098

Diagnostic procedure 1098

Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 1098

Ec 1098 1098

Hr with euro obd 1098

Ok or ng 1098

Repair or replace ground connections 1098

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1098

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 1098

Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 1099

Ec 1099 1099

Hr with euro obd 1099

Component inspection 1100

Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 1100

Ec 1100 1100

Electric throttle control actuator 1100

Hr with euro obd 1100

Removal and installation 1100

Throttle control motor 1100

Component description 1101

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1101

Dtc p1143 ho2s1 1101

Ec 1101 1101

Hr with euro obd 1101

On board diagnosis logic 1101

Specification data are reference values 1101

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 1101

To judge the malfunction the output from the heated oxygen sensor 1 is monitored to determine whether the rich output is sufficiently high and whether the lean output is sufficiently low when both the outputs are shifting to the lean side the malfunction will be detected 1101

Dtc confirmation procedure 1102

Dtc p1143 ho2s1 1102

Ec 1102 1102

Hr with euro obd 1102

With consult ii 1102

Diagnostic procedure 1103

Dtc p1143 ho2s1 1103

Ec 1103 1103

Hr with euro obd 1103

Overall function check 1103

With gst 1103

Dtc p1143 ho2s1 1104

Ec 1104 1104

Hr with euro obd 1104

Component inspection 1105

Dtc p1143 ho2s1 1105

Ec 1105 1105

Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 1105

Hr with euro obd 1105

Without consult ii 1105

Dtc p1143 ho2s1 1106

Ec 1106 1106

Heated oxygen sensor 1 1106

Hr with euro obd 1106

Removal and installation 1106

Component description 1107

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1107

Dtc p1144 ho2s1 1107

Ec 1107 1107

Hr with euro obd 1107

On board diagnosis logic 1107

Specification data are reference values 1107

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 1107

To judge the malfunction the output from the heated oxygen sensor 1 is monitored to determine whether the rich output is sufficiently high and lean output is sufficiently low when both the outputs are shifting to the rich side the malfunction will be detected 1107

Dtc confirmation procedure 1108

Dtc p1144 ho2s1 1108

Ec 1108 1108

Hr with euro obd 1108

With consult ii 1108

Diagnostic procedure 1109

Dtc p1144 ho2s1 1109

Ec 1109 1109

Hr with euro obd 1109

Overall function check 1109

With gst 1109

Dtc p1144 ho2s1 1110

Ec 1110 1110

Hr with euro obd 1110

Component inspection 1111

Dtc p1144 ho2s1 1111

Ec 1111 1111

Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 1111

Hr with euro obd 1111

Dtc p1144 ho2s1 1112

Ec 1112 1112

Heated oxygen sensor 1 1112

Hr with euro obd 1112

Removal and installation 1112

Without consult ii 1112

Component description 1113

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1113

Dtc p1146 ho2s2 1113

Ec 1113 1113

Hr with euro obd 1113

On board diagnosis logic 1113

Specification data are reference values 1113

The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation 1113

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during the various driving condition such as fuel cut 1113

Dtc confirmation procedure 1114

Dtc p1146 ho2s2 1114

Ec 1114 1114

Hr with euro obd 1114

With consult ii procedure for cond1 1114

Dtc p1146 ho2s2 1115

Ec 1115 1115

Hr with euro obd 1115

Overall function check 1115

Procedure for cond2 1115

Procedure for cond3 1115

With gst 1115

Check ground connections 1117

Diagnostic procedure 1117

Dtc p1146 ho2s2 1117

Ec 1117 1117

Hr with euro obd 1117

Ok or ng 1117

Repair or replace ground connections 1117

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1117

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 1117

Dtc p1146 ho2s2 1118

Ec 1118 1118

Hr with euro obd 1118

Component inspection 1119

Dtc p1146 ho2s2 1119

Ec 1119 1119

Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii 1119

Hr with euro obd 1119

Dtc p1146 ho2s2 1120

Ec 1120 1120

Heated oxygen sensor 2 1120

Hr with euro obd 1120

Removal and installation 1120

Without consult ii 1120

Component description 1121

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1121

Dtc p1147 ho2s2 1121

Ec 1121 1121

Hr with euro obd 1121

On board diagnosis logic 1121

Specification data are reference values 1121

The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation 1121

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel cut 1121

Dtc confirmation procedure 1122

Dtc p1147 ho2s2 1122

Ec 1122 1122

Hr with euro obd 1122

With consult ii procedure for cond1 1122

Dtc p1147 ho2s2 1123

Ec 1123 1123

Hr with euro obd 1123

Overall function check 1123

Procedure for cond2 1123

Procedure for cond3 1123

With gst 1123

Check ground connections 1125

Diagnostic procedure 1125

Dtc p1147 ho2s2 1125

Ec 1125 1125

Hr with euro obd 1125

Ok or ng 1125

Repair or replace ground connections 1125

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1125

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 1125

Dtc p1147 ho2s2 1126

Ec 1126 1126

Hr with euro obd 1126

Component inspection 1127

Dtc p1147 ho2s2 1127

Ec 1127 1127

Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii 1127

Hr with euro obd 1127

Dtc p1147 ho2s2 1128

Ec 1128 1128

Heated oxygen sensor 2 1128

Hr with euro obd 1128

Removal and installation 1128

Without consult ii 1128

Description 1129

Diagnostic procedure 1129

Dtc confirmation procedure 1129

Dtc p1212 tcs communication line 1129

Ec 1129 1129

Hr with euro obd 1129

On board diagnosis logic 1129

With consult ii 1129

With gst 1129

Cooling fan control 1130

Cooling fan operation 1130

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1130

Ec 1130 1130

Hr with euro obd 1130

If dtc p1217 is displayed with dtc u1000 or u1001 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1000 u1001 refer to ec 925 dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line 1130

If dtc p1217 is displayed with dtc u1010 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 928 dtc u1010 can communication 1130

Models with a c 1130

System description 1130

The ecm controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed engine coolant temperature refrigerant pressure and air conditioner on signal the control system has 3 step control high low off models with a c or 2 step control on off models without a c 1130

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1131

Cooling fan relay operation 1131

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1131

Ec 1131 1131

Hr with euro obd 1131

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions engine coolant temperature will rise when the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition a malfunction is indicated this self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic 1131

Models without a c 1131

On board diagnosis logic 1131

Specification data are reference values 1131

The ecm controls cooling fan relays in the ipdm e r through can communication line 1131

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1132

Ec 1132 1132

Hr with euro obd 1132

Overall function check 1132

With consult ii 1132

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1133

Ec 1133 1133

Hr with euro obd 1133

With gst models with air conditioner 1133

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1134

Ec 1134 1134

Hr with euro obd 1134

Models without air conditioner 1134

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1135

Ec 1135 1135

Hr with euro obd 1135

Models with air conditioner 1135

Wiring diagram 1135

Diagnostic procedure 1137

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1137

Ec 1137 1137

Hr with euro obd 1137

Procedure for models with air conditioner 1137

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1138

Ec 1138 1138

Hr with euro obd 1138

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1139

Ec 1139 1139

Hr with euro obd 1139

Procedure a 1139

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1140

Ec 1140 1140

Hr with euro obd 1140

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1141

Ec 1141 1141

Hr with euro obd 1141

Procedure for models without air conditioner 1141

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1142

Ec 1142 1142

Hr with euro obd 1142

Procedure b 1142

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1143

Ec 1143 1143

Hr with euro obd 1143

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1144

Ec 1144 1144

Hr with euro obd 1144

Main 12 causes of overheating 1144

Component inspection 1145

Cooling fan motor 1145

Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors 2 supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation 1145

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1145

Ec 1145 1145

Hr with euro obd 1145

Component description 1146

Dtc confirmation procedure 1146

Dtc p1225 tp sensor 1146

Ec 1146 1146

Hr with euro obd 1146

On board diagnosis logic 1146

With consult ii 1146

With gst 1146

Diagnostic procedure 1147

Dtc p1225 tp sensor 1147

Ec 1147 1147

Electric throttle control actuator 1147

Hr with euro obd 1147

Removal and installation 1147

Component description 1148

Dtc confirmation procedure 1148

Dtc p1226 tp sensor 1148

Ec 1148 1148

Hr with euro obd 1148

On board diagnosis logic 1148

With consult ii 1148

With gst 1148

Diagnostic procedure 1149

Dtc p1226 tp sensor 1149

Ec 1149 1149

Electric throttle control actuator 1149

Hr with euro obd 1149

Removal and installation 1149

Dtc confirmation procedure 1150

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1150

Ec 1150 1150

Fail safe mode 1150

Follow the procedure with consult ii above 1150

Hr with euro obd 1150

Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 10v at idle 1150

On board diagnosis logic 1150

This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic 1150

Turn ignition switch on 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 start engine and let it idle for 1 second 4 if dtc is detected go to ec 1155 diagnostic procedure 1150

When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1150

With consult ii 1150

With gst 1150

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1151

Ec 1151 1151

Hr with euro obd 1151

Lhd models 1151

Wiring diagram 1151

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1152

Ec 1152 1152

Hr with euro obd 1152

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1152

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1153

Ec 1153 1153

Hr with euro obd 1153

Rhd models 1153

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1154

Ec 1154 1154

Hr with euro obd 1154

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1154

Diagnostic procedure 1155

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1155

Ec 1155 1155

Hr with euro obd 1155

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1156

Ec 1156 1156

Hr with euro obd 1156

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1157

Ec 1157 1157

Hr with euro obd 1157

Caution always drive vehicle at a safe speed note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 1158

Component description 1158

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1158

Dtc confirmation procedure 1158

Dtc p1706 pnp switch 1158

Ec 1158 1158

Hr with euro obd 1158

If 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 1163 diagnostic proce dure 1158

If ng go to ec 1163 diagnostic procedure if ok go to following step 3 select data monitor mode with consult ii 4 start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 5 maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive sec onds 1158

On board diagnosis logic 1158

Specification data are reference values 1158

Turn ignition switch on 2 select p n posi sw in data monitor mode with con sult ii then check the p n posi sw signal under the follow ing conditions 1158

When the shift lever position is p or n a t neutral m t park neutral position pnp switch is on ecm detects the position because the continuity of the line the on signal exists 1158

With consult ii 1158

Dtc p1706 pnp switch 1159

Ec 1159 1159

Hr with euro obd 1159

If ng go to ec 1163 diagnostic procedure 1159

Overall function check 1159

Turn ignition switch on 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 70 pnp switch signal and ground under the following conditions 1159

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park neutral position pnp switch circuit during this check a 1st trip dtc might not be confirmed 1159

With gst 1159

Dtc p1706 pnp switch 1161

Ec 1161 1161

Hr with euro obd 1161

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1161

Check pnp switch circuit 1163

Diagnostic procedure 1163

Dtc p1706 pnp switch 1163

Ec 1163 1163

Go to 2 1163

Hr with euro obd 1163

Ok or ng 1163

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1163

Turn ignition switch on 2 check voltage between ipdm e r terminal 31 and ground under following condition 1163

Dtc p1706 pnp switch 1164

Ec 1164 1164

Hr with euro obd 1164

Dtc p1706 pnp switch 1165

Ec 1165 1165

Hr with euro obd 1165

Dtc p1706 pnp switch 1166

Ec 1166 1166

Hr with euro obd 1166

Brake switch signal is applied to the ecm through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed this signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving 1167

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1167

Description 1167

Dtc confirmation procedure 1167

Dtc p1805 brake switch 1167

Ec 1167 1167

Fail safe mode 1167

Follow the procedure with consult ii above 1167

Hr with euro obd 1167

On board diagnosis logic 1167

Specification data are reference values 1167

The mi will not light up for this self diagnosis 1167

Turn ignition switch on 2 fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds 3 erase the dtc with consult ii 4 select data monitor mode with consult ii 5 if 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 1169 diagnostic proce dure 1167

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters in fail safe mode 1167

With consult ii 1167

With gst 1167

Diagnostic procedure 1169

Dtc p1805 brake switch 1169

Ec 1169 1169

Hr with euro obd 1169

Dtc p1805 brake switch 1170

Ec 1170 1170

Hr with euro obd 1170

Component inspection 1171

Dtc p1805 brake switch 1171

Ec 1171 1171

Hr with euro obd 1171

If ng adjust stop lamp switch installation refer to br 6 brake pedal and perform step 3 again 1171

Stop lamp switch 1171

Turn ignition switch off 2 disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector 3 check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions 1171

Component description 1172

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1172

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1172

Ec 1172 1172

Fail safe mode 1172

Hr with euro obd 1172

On board diagnosis logic 1172

Specification data are reference values 1172

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut 1172

These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2122 or p2123 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1150 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1172

When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1172

Dtc confirmation procedure 1173

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1173

Ec 1173 1173

Hr with euro obd 1173

With consult ii 1173

With gst 1173

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1175

Ec 1175 1175

Hr with euro obd 1175

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1175

Check ground connections 1177

Diagnostic procedure 1177

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1177

Ec 1177 1177

Hr with euro obd 1177

Ok or ng 1177

Repair or replace ground connections 1177

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1177

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 1177

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1178

Ec 1178 1178

Hr with euro obd 1178

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1179

Ec 1179 1179

Hr with euro obd 1179

Accelerator pedal 1180

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1180

Component inspection 1180

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1180

Ec 1180 1180

Hr with euro obd 1180

Removal and installation 1180

Component description 1181

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1181

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1181

Ec 1181 1181

Fail safe mode 1181

Hr with euro obd 1181

On board diagnosis logic 1181

Specification data are reference values 1181

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut 1181

These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 1181

When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1181

Dtc confirmation procedure 1182

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1182

Ec 1182 1182

Hr with euro obd 1182

With consult ii 1182

With gst 1182

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1183

Ec 1183 1183

Hr with euro obd 1183

Lhd models 1183

Wiring diagram 1183

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1184

Ec 1184 1184

Hr with euro obd 1184

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1184

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1185

Ec 1185 1185

Hr with euro obd 1185

Rhd models 1185

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1186

Ec 1186 1186

Hr with euro obd 1186

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1186

Diagnostic procedure 1187

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1187

Ec 1187 1187

Hr with euro obd 1187

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1188

Ec 1188 1188

Hr with euro obd 1188

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1189

Ec 1189 1189

Hr with euro obd 1189

Accelerator pedal 1190

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1190

Component inspection 1190

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1190

Ec 1190 1190

Hr with euro obd 1190

Removal and installation 1190

Component description 1191

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1191

Dtc p2135 tp sensor 1191

Ec 1191 1191

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion 1191

Fail safe mode 1191

Hr with euro obd 1191

On board diagnosis logic 1191

Specification data are reference values 1191

This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2135 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1150 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1191

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1191

Dtc confirmation procedure 1192

Dtc p2135 tp sensor 1192

Ec 1192 1192

Hr with euro obd 1192

With consult ii 1192

With gst 1192

Dtc p2135 tp sensor 1193

Ec 1193 1193

Hr with euro obd 1193

Wiring diagram 1193

Check ground connections 1194

Diagnostic procedure 1194

Dtc p2135 tp sensor 1194

Ec 1194 1194

Hr with euro obd 1194

Ok or ng 1194

Repair or replace ground connections 1194

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1194

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 1194

Dtc p2135 tp sensor 1195

Ec 1195 1195

Hr with euro obd 1195

Component inspection 1196

Dtc p2135 tp sensor 1196

Ec 1196 1196

Electric throttle control actuator 1196

Hr with euro obd 1196

Removal and installation 1196

Throttle position sensor 1196

Component description 1197

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1197

Dtc p2138 app sensor 1197

Ec 1197 1197

Hr with euro obd 1197

On board diagnosis logic 1197

Specification data are reference values 1197

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut 1197

This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2138 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1150 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1197

Dtc confirmation procedure 1198

Dtc p2138 app sensor 1198

Ec 1198 1198

Fail safe mode 1198

Hr with euro obd 1198

With consult ii 1198

With gst 1198

Dtc p2138 app sensor 1199

Ec 1199 1199

Hr with euro obd 1199

Lhd models 1199

Wiring diagram 1199

Dtc p2138 app sensor 1200

Ec 1200 1200

Hr with euro obd 1200

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1200

Dtc p2138 app sensor 1201

Ec 1201 1201

Hr with euro obd 1201

Rhd models 1201

Dtc p2138 app sensor 1202

Ec 1202 1202

Hr with euro obd 1202

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1202

Diagnostic procedure 1203

Dtc p2138 app sensor 1203

Ec 1203 1203

Hr with euro obd 1203

Dtc p2138 app sensor 1204

Ec 1204 1204

Hr with euro obd 1204

Dtc p2138 app sensor 1205

Ec 1205 1205

Hr with euro obd 1205

Accelerator pedal 1206

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1206

Component inspection 1206

Dtc p2138 app sensor 1206

Ec 1206 1206

Hr with euro obd 1206

Removal and installation 1206

Check heater fan signal circuit overall function 1207

Check heater fan sw in data monitor mode with con sult ii under the following conditions 1207

Check load signal circuit overall funcition i 1207

Check load signal circuit overall function ii 1207

Check load signal in data monitor mode with consult ii under the following conditions 1207

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1207

Diagnostic procedure 1207

Ec 1207 1207

Electrical load signal 1207

Go to 4 1207

Go to 5 1207

Go to 6 1207

Hr with euro obd 1207

Ok or ng 1207

Specification data are reference values 1207

Turn ignition switch on 2 check load signal in data monitor mode with con sult ii under the following conditions 1207

Ec 1208 1208

Electrical load signal 1208

Hr with euro obd 1208

Component description 1209

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1209

Ec 1209 1209

Fuel injector 1209

Hr with euro obd 1209

Specification data are reference values 1209

The fuel injector is a small precise solenoid valve when the ecm supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit the coil in the fuel injec tor is energized the energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold the amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura tion pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open the ecm controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs 1209

Diagnostic procedure 1211

Ec 1211 1211

Fuel injector 1211

Go to 3 1211

Hr with euro obd 1211

Inspection start 1211

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1211

Turn ignition switch to start is any cylinder ignited yes or no 1211

Ec 1212 1212

Fuel injector 1212

Hr with euro obd 1212

Ec 1213 1213

Fuel injector 1213

Hr with euro obd 1213

Component inspection 1214

Ec 1214 1214

Fuel injector 1214

Hr with euro obd 1214

Removal and installation 1214

A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank 1215

Component description 1215

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1215

Description 1215

Ec 1215 1215

Fuel pump 1215

Hr with euro obd 1215

Specification data are reference values 1215

System description 1215

The ecm activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve engine startability if the ecm receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor pos and cam shaft position sensor phase it knows that the engine is rotating and causes the pump to operate if the engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is on the engine stalls the ecm stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging thereby improving safety the ecm does not directly drive the fuel pump it controls the on off fuel pump relay which in turn controls the fuel pump 1215

Diagnostic procedure 1217

Ec 1217 1217

Fuel pump 1217

Hr with euro obd 1217

Ec 1218 1218

Fuel pump 1218

Hr with euro obd 1218

Ec 1219 1219

Fuel pump 1219

Hr with euro obd 1219

Component inspection 1220

Ec 1220 1220

Fuel pump 1220

Hr with euro obd 1220

Removal and installation 1220

Component description 1221

Ec 1221 1221

Fuel injector 2 1221

Hr with euro obd 1221

Ignition coil power transistor 1221

Ignition signal 1221

The ignition signal from the ecm is sent to and amplified by the power transistor the power transistor turns on and off the ignition coil 1 primary circuit this on off operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil secondary circuit 1221

Ec 1223 1223

Hr with euro obd 1223

Ignition signal 1223

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1223

Check engine start 1225

Check overall function 1225

Diagnostic procedure 1225

Ec 1225 1225

Go to 10 1225

Go to 4 1225

Hr with euro obd 1225

Ignition signal 1225

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1225

Turn ignition switch off and restart engine is engine running yes or no 1225

With consult ii 1 perform power balance in active test mode with consult ii 2 make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop ok or ng 1225

Ec 1226 1226

Hr with euro obd 1226

Ignition signal 1226

Ec 1227 1227

Hr with euro obd 1227

Ignition signal 1227

Ec 1228 1228

Hr with euro obd 1228

Ignition signal 1228

Component inspection 1229

Ec 1229 1229

Hr with euro obd 1229

Ignition coil with power transistor 1229

Ignition signal 1229

Condenser 1230

Ec 1230 1230

Hr with euro obd 1230

Ignition coil with power transistor 1230

Ignition signal 1230

Removal and installation 1230

Component description 1231

Ec 1231 1231

Hr with euro obd 1231

Refrigerant pressure sensor 1231

The refrigerant pressure sensor 1 is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system the sensor uses an electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage the voltage signal is sent to ecm and ecm controls cooling fan system 1231

Vehicle front 1231

Check ground connections 1233

Check refrigerant pressure sensor overall function 1233

Diagnostic procedure 1233

Ec 1233 1233

Go to 2 1233

Hr with euro obd 1233

Ok or ng 1233

Refrigerant pressure sensor 1233

Repair or replace ground connections 1233

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1233

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn a c switch and blower fan switch on 3 check voltage between ecm terminal 41 and ground with con sult ii or tester 1233

Turn a c switch and blower fan switch off 2 stop engine 3 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 1233

Voltage 1 4 v 1233

Ec 1234 1234

Hr with euro obd 1234

Refrigerant pressure sensor 1234

Ec 1235 1235

Hr with euro obd 1235

Refrigerant pressure sensor 1235

Removal and installation 1235

Calculated load value 1237

Ec 1237 1237

Engine coolant temperature sensor 1237

Fuel pressure 1237

Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater 1237

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater 1237

Hr with euro obd 1237

Idle speed and ignition timing 1237

Intake air temperature sensor 1237

Knock sensor 1237

Mass air flow sensor 1237

Service data and specifications sds 1237

Camshaft position sensor phase 1238

Crankshaft position sensor pos 1238

Ec 1238 1238

Fuel injector 1238

Fuel pump 1238

Hr with euro obd 1238

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 1238

Refer to ec 1048 component inspection 1238

Refer to ec 1054 component inspection 1238

Service data and specifications sds 1238

Throttle control motor 1238

Dtc no index 1239

Ec 1239 1239

Hr without euro obd 1239

If dtc u1000 or u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1000 u1001 refer to ec 1344 dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line 1239

If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 1347 dtc u1010 can communication 1239

Index for dtc 1239

Ec 1240 1240

Hr without euro obd 1240

Index for dtc 1240

Alphabetical index 1241

Ec 1241 1241

Hr without euro obd 1241

If dtc u1000 or u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1000 u1001 refer to ec 1344 dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line 1241

If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 1347 dtc u1010 can communication 1241

Index for dtc 1241

Ec 1242 1242

Hr without euro obd 1242

Index for dtc 1242

Ec 1243 1243

Hr without euro obd 1243

Lhd models 1243

Maintenance information 1243

On board diagnostic obd system of engine 1243

Precautions 1243

Precautions for procedures without cowl top cover 1243

Precautions for supplemental restraint system srs air bag and seat belt pre tensioner 1243

Rhd models 1243

Ec 1244 1244

Hr without euro obd 1244

Precaution 1244

Precautions 1244

Ec 1245 1245

Hr without euro obd 1245

Precautions 1245

Ec 1246 1246

Hr without euro obd 1246

Precautions 1246

Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body 1247

Ec 1247 1247

Hr without euro obd 1247

Precautions 1247

Ec 1248 1248

Hr without euro obd 1248

Preparation 1248

Special service tools 1248

Commercial service tools 1249

Ec 1249 1249

Hr without euro obd 1249

Preparation 1249

During acceleration 1251

During deceleration 1251

During high engine speed operation 1251

During warm up 1251

Ec 1251 1251

Engine control system 1251

Hot engine operation 1251

Hr without euro obd 1251

Input output signal chart 1251

Multiport fuel injection mfi system 1251

System description 1251

The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ecm the ecm controls the length of time the valve remains open injection pulse duration the amount of fuel injected is a program value in the ecm memory the program value is preset by engine operating conditions these conditions are determined by input signals for engine speed and intake air from the crankshaft position sensor pos camshaft position sensor phase and the mass air flow sensor 1251

Various fuel injection increase decrease compensation 1251

When shift lever is changed from n to d a t models 1251

When starting the engine 1251

Ec 1252 1252

Engine control system 1252

Hr without euro obd 1252

Mixture ratio feedback control closed loop control 1252

Mixture ratio self learning control 1252

Open loop control 1252

At idle 1253

At low battery voltage 1253

At starting 1253

During warm up 1253

Ec 1253 1253

Electronic ignition ei system 1253

Engine control system 1253

Firing order 1 3 4 2 the ignition timing is controlled by the ecm to maintain the best air fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine the ignition timing data is stored in the ecm the ecm receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor phase sig nal computing this information ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor during the following conditions the ignition timing is revised by the ecm according to the other data stored in the ecm 1253

Fuel injection timing 1253

Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order this system is used when the engine is running 1253

Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle in other words pulse signals of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ecm the four fuel injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle this system is used when the engine is being started and or if the fail safe system cpu is operating 1253

Fuel shut off 1253

Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper ation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds 1253

Hr without euro obd 1253

Input output signal chart 1253

Sequential multiport fuel injection system 1253

Simultaneous multiport fuel injection system 1253

System description 1253

Two types of systems are used 1253

During acceleration the knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies the basic ignition timing is programmed within the anti knocking zone if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions the retard system does not operate under normal driving conditions if engine knocking occurs the knock sensor monitors the condition the signal is transmitted to the ecm the ecm retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition 1254

Ec 1254 1254

Engine control system 1254

Fuel cut control at no load and high engine speed 1254

Hr without euro obd 1254

If the engine speed is above 2 500 rpm under no load for example the shift lever position is neutral and engine speed is over 2 500 rpm fuel will be cut off after some time the exact time when the fuel is cut off var ies based on engine speed fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 2 000 rpm then fuel cut will be cancelled note this function is different from deceleration control listed under ec 1251 multiport fuel injection mfi sys tem 1254

Input output signal chart 1254

System description 1254

Air conditioning cut control 1255

At high engine speeds 1255

Ec 1255 1255

Hr without euro obd 1255

Input output signal chart 1255

System description 1255

This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used under the following conditions the air conditioner is turned off 1255

When cranking the engine 1255

When engine speed is excessively low 1255

When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed 1255

When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high 1255

When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed 1255

When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high 1255

Can communication 1256

Ec 1256 1256

Hr without euro obd 1256

System description 1256

Description 1257

Ec 1257 1257

Evaporative emission system 1257

Hr without euro obd 1257

System description 1257

The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel system this reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the evap canister the fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the evap canister which contains activated carbon and the vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank the vapor in the evap canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the engine is operating evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ecm when the engine operates the flow rate of vapor controlled by evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is proportionally regulated as the air flow increases evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating 1257

Ec 1258 1258

Evaporative emission line drawing 1258

Evaporative emission system 1258

Hr without euro obd 1258

Ec 1259 1259

Evaporative emission system 1259

Hr without euro obd 1259

Component inspection 1260

Ec 1260 1260

Evap canister 1260

Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1260

Evaporative emission system 1260

Fuel tank vacuum relief valve built into fuel filler cap 1260

Hr without euro obd 1260

Description 1261

Ec 1261 1261

Hr without euro obd 1261

Nats nissan anti theft system 1261

Component inspection 1262

Description 1262

Ec 1262 1262

Hr without euro obd 1262

Pcv positive crankcase ventilation valve 1262

Positive crankcase ventilation 1262

System description 1262

Check hoses and hose connections for leaks 2 disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air if any hose cannot be freed of obstructions replace 1263

Ec 1263 1263

Hr without euro obd 1263

Pcv valve ventilation hose 1263

Positive crankcase ventilation 1263

Ec 1264 1264

Emission related diagnostic information 1264

Emission related diagnostic information items 1264

Hr without euro obd 1264

Introduction 1264

On board diagnostic obd system 1264

The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below 1264

The ecm has an on board diagnostic system which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua tors the ecm also records various emission related diagnostic information including 1264

The malfunction indicator mi on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips two trip detection logic or when the ecm enters fail safe mode refer to ec 1291 fail safe chart 1264

The trip in the two trip detection logic means a driving mode in which self diagnosis is performed during vehicle operation when there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm cannot warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function the fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction 1264

Two trip detection logic 1264

Dtc and 1st trip dtc 1265

Ec 1265 1265

Hr without euro obd 1265

On board diagnostic obd system 1265

The 1st trip dtc whose number is the same as the dtc number is displayed for the latest self diagnostic result obtained if the ecm memory was cleared previously and the 1st trip dtc did not reoccur the 1st trip dtc will not be displayed if a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip the 1st trip dtc is stored in the ecm memory the mi will not light up two trip detection logic if the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip meeting the required 1265

Ec 1266 1266

Freeze frame data and 1st trip freeze frame data 1266

How to read dtc and 1st trip dtc 1266

Hr without euro obd 1266

On board diagnostic obd system 1266

Ec 1267 1267

How to erase emission related diagnostic information how to erase dtc 1267

Hr without euro obd 1267

On board diagnostic obd system 1267

Description 1268

Ec 1268 1268

Hr without euro obd 1268

Malfunction indicator mi 1268

On board diagnostic obd system 1268

On board diagnostic system function 1268

The mi is located on the instrument panel 1 the mi will light up when the ignition switch is turned on without the engine running this is a bulb check if the mi does not light up refer to di 32 warning lamps or see ec 1596 mi data link connectors 2 when the engine is started the mi should go off if the mi remains on the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction 1268

The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions 1268

When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm cannot warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function the fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction 1268

Diagnostic test mode i bulb check 1269

Ec 1269 1269

How to erase diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 1269

How to set diagnostic test mode ii heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor 1269

How to set diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 1269

How to switch diagnostic test mode 1269

Hr without euro obd 1269

Mi flashing without dtc 1269

On board diagnostic obd system 1269

Diagnostic test mode i malfunction warning 1270

Diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 1270

Ec 1270 1270

How to erase diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 1270

Hr without euro obd 1270

On board diagnostic obd system 1270

Diagnostic test mode ii heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor 1271

Ec 1271 1271

Hr without euro obd 1271

In this mode the mi displays the condition of the fuel mixture lean or rich which is monitored by the heated oxygen sensor 1 1271

On board diagnostic obd system 1271

To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function start engine in the diagnostic test mode ii and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge next run engine at about 2 000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load conditions then make sure that the mi comes on more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2 000 rpm under no load 1271

Basic inspection 1272

Basic service procedure 1272

Ec 1272 1272

Hr without euro obd 1272

Basic service procedure 1273

Ec 1273 1273

Hr without euro obd 1273

Basic service procedure 1274

Ec 1274 1274

Hr without euro obd 1274

Basic service procedure 1275

Ec 1275 1275

Hr without euro obd 1275

Basic service procedure 1276

Ec 1276 1276

Hr without euro obd 1276

Basic service procedure 1277

Ec 1277 1277

Hr without euro obd 1277

Idle speed and ignition timing check 1277

Idle speed with consult ii 1277

Ignition timing 1277

Method a 1277

Without consult ii 1277

Accelerator pedal released position learning 1278

Basic service procedure 1278

Description 1278

Ec 1278 1278

Hr without euro obd 1278

Method b 1278

Operation procedure 1278

Basic service procedure 1279

Description 1279

Ec 1279 1279

Hr without euro obd 1279

Idle air volume learning 1279

Operation procedure 1279

Operation procedure with consult ii 1279

Preparation 1279

Throttle valve closed position learning 1279

Basic service procedure 1280

Ec 1280 1280

Hr without euro obd 1280

Without consult ii 1280

Basic service procedure 1281

Diagnostic procedure 1281

Ec 1281 1281

Fuel pressure check 1281

Fuel pressure release with consult ii 1281

Hr without euro obd 1281

Basic service procedure 1282

Ec 1282 1282

Fuel pressure check 1282

Hr without euro obd 1282

Without consult ii 1282

Basic service procedure 1283

Ec 1283 1283

Hr without euro obd 1283

Ec 1284 1284

Hr without euro obd 1284

Introduction 1284

Trouble diagnosis 1284

Trouble diagnosis introduction 1284

Ec 1285 1285

Hr without euro obd 1285

Trouble diagnosis 1285

Work flow overall sequence 1285

Detailed flow 1286

Ec 1286 1286

Hr without euro obd 1286

Trouble diagnosis 1286

Ec 1287 1287

Hr without euro obd 1287

Trouble diagnosis 1287

Diagnostic worksheet description 1288

Ec 1288 1288

Hr without euro obd 1288

Trouble diagnosis 1288

Ec 1289 1289

Hr without euro obd 1289

Trouble diagnosis 1289

Worksheet sample 1289

Dtc inspection priority chart 1290

Ec 1290 1290

Hr without euro obd 1290

If dtc u1000 or u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1000 u1001 refer to ec 1344 dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line 1290

If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 1347 dtc u1010 can communication 1290

If some dtcs are displayed at the same time perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart note 1290

Trouble diagnosis 1290

Ec 1291 1291

Fail safe chart 1291

Hr without euro obd 1291

Trouble diagnosis 1291

When the dtc listed below is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1291

When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm cannot warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function the fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction 1291

Ec 1292 1292

Hr without euro obd 1292

Symptom matrix chart 1292

System basic engine control system 1292

Trouble diagnosis 1292

Ec 1293 1293

Hr without euro obd 1293

System engine mechanical other 1293

Trouble diagnosis 1293

Ec 1294 1294

Hr without euro obd 1294

Trouble diagnosis 1294

Ec 1295 1295

Hr without euro obd 1295

Trouble diagnosis 1295

Ec 1296 1296

Engine control component parts location 1296

Hr without euro obd 1296

Trouble diagnosis 1296

Ec 1297 1297

Hr without euro obd 1297

Trouble diagnosis 1297

Ec 1298 1298

Hr without euro obd 1298

Trouble diagnosis 1298

Ec 1299 1299

Hr without euro obd 1299

Trouble diagnosis 1299

Ec 1300 1300

Hr without euro obd 1300

Trouble diagnosis 1300

Ec 1301 1301

Hr without euro obd 1301

Refer to ec 1250 system diagram for vacuum control system 1301

Trouble diagnosis 1301

Vacuum hose drawing 1301

Ec 1303 1303

Hr without euro obd 1303

Trouble diagnosis 1303

Data is for comparison and may not be exact 1304

Disconnect ecm harness connector 1304

Ec 1304 1304

Ecm 1 is located in the engine room left side near battery 1304

Ecm harness connector terminal layout 1304

Ecm inspection table 1304

Ecm terminals and reference value 1304

Fasten b 3 connect a break out box sst and y cable adapter sst between the ecm and ecm harness connector 1304

Hr without euro obd 1304

Preparation 1304

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecms transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1304

Trouble diagnosis 1304

Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time 1304

Vehicle front 1304

When disconnecting ecm harness connector loosen a it with levers 1 as far as they will go as shown in the figure 1304

Ec 1305 1305

Hr without euro obd 1305

Trouble diagnosis 1305

Ec 1306 1306

Hr without euro obd 1306

Trouble diagnosis 1306

Ec 1307 1307

Hr without euro obd 1307

Trouble diagnosis 1307

Ec 1308 1308

Hr without euro obd 1308

Trouble diagnosis 1308

Ec 1309 1309

Hr without euro obd 1309

Trouble diagnosis 1309

Ec 1310 1310

Hr without euro obd 1310

Trouble diagnosis 1310

Ec 1311 1311

Hr without euro obd 1311

Trouble diagnosis 1311

Consult ii function engine 1312

Ec 1312 1312

Engine control component parts control systems application 1312

Function 1312

Hr without euro obd 1312

Trouble diagnosis 1312

Ec 1313 1313

Hr without euro obd 1313

Inspection procedure 1313

Refer to gi 36 consult ii start procedure 1313

Regarding items of dtc and 1st trip dtc refer to ec 1264 emission related diagnostic informa tion items 1313

Self diag results mode self diagnostic item 1313

Trouble diagnosis 1313

Work support mode work item 1313

Data monitor mode monitored item 1314

Ec 1314 1314

Freeze frame data and 1st trip freeze frame data 1314

Hr without euro obd 1314

Trouble diagnosis 1314

Ec 1315 1315

Hr without euro obd 1315

Trouble diagnosis 1315

Ec 1316 1316

Hr without euro obd 1316

Trouble diagnosis 1316

Data monitor spec mode monitored item 1317

Ec 1317 1317

Hr without euro obd 1317

Trouble diagnosis 1317

Active test mode test item 1318

Ec 1318 1318

Hr without euro obd 1318

Trouble diagnosis 1318

Ec 1319 1319

Hr without euro obd 1319

Real time diagnosis in data monitor mode recording vehicle data description 1319

Trouble diagnosis 1319

Ec 1320 1320

Hr without euro obd 1320

Operation 1320

Trouble diagnosis 1320

Consult ii reference value in data monitor 1321

Ec 1321 1321

Hr without euro obd 1321

Trouble diagnosis 1321

Ec 1322 1322

Hr without euro obd 1322

Trouble diagnosis 1322

Ec 1323 1323

Hr without euro obd 1323

Trouble diagnosis 1323

Clsd thl pos accel sen 1 thrtl sen 1 1324

Ec 1324 1324

Eng speed mas a f se b1 thrtl sen 1 ho2s2 b1 inj pulse b1 1324

Hr without euro obd 1324

Major sensor reference graph in data monitor mode 1324

Trouble diagnosis 1324

Ec 1325 1325

Hr without euro obd 1325

Trouble diagnosis 1325

Description 1326

Ec 1326 1326

Hr without euro obd 1326

Inspection procedure 1326

Testing condition 1326

Trouble diagnosis specification value 1326

Diagnostic procedure 1327

Ec 1327 1327

Hr without euro obd 1327

Overall sequence 1327

Trouble diagnosis specification value 1327

Detailed procedure 1329

Ec 1329 1329

Hr without euro obd 1329

Trouble diagnosis specification value 1329

Ec 1330 1330

Hr without euro obd 1330

Trouble diagnosis specification value 1330

Ec 1331 1331

Hr without euro obd 1331

Trouble diagnosis specification value 1331

Ec 1332 1332

Hr without euro obd 1332

Trouble diagnosis specification value 1332

Ec 1333 1333

Hr without euro obd 1333

Trouble diagnosis specification value 1333

Ec 1334 1334

Hr without euro obd 1334

Trouble diagnosis specification value 1334

Check b fuel schdl 1335

Detect malfunctioning part according to ec 1292 symptom matrix chart 1335

Ec 1335 1335

Hr without euro obd 1335

Select b fuel schdl in data monitor spec mode and then make sure that the indication is within the sp value ok or ng 1335

Trouble diagnosis specification value 1335

Description 1336

Diagnostic procedure 1336

Ec 1336 1336

Hr without euro obd 1336

Trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident 1336

Ec 1337 1337

Hr without euro obd 1337

Power supply and ground circuit 1337

Wiring diagram 1337

Check ecm power supply circuit i 1338

Diagnostic procedure 1338

Ec 1338 1338

Go to 2 1338

Go to 3 1338

Hr without euro obd 1338

Inspection start 1338

Ok or ng 1338

Power supply and ground circuit 1338

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1338

Start engine is engine running yes or no 1338

Turn ignition switch off and then on 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 93 and ground with con sult ii or tester 1338

Voltage battery voltage 1338

Ec 1339 1339

Hr without euro obd 1339

Power supply and ground circuit 1339

Ec 1340 1340

Hr without euro obd 1340

Power supply and ground circuit 1340

Ec 1341 1341

Hr without euro obd 1341

Power supply and ground circuit 1341

Ec 1342 1342

Ground inspection 1342

Hr without euro obd 1342

Power supply and ground circuit 1342

Clean as required to assure good contact 1343

Ec 1343 1343

Hr without euro obd 1343

If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal check for proper crimps make sure all of the wires are clean securely fastened and providing a good ground path if multiple wires are cased in one eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation for detailed ground distribution information refer to pg 38 ground distribution 1343

Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish dirt rust etc 1343

Inspect for add on accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit 1343

Power supply and ground circuit 1343

Reinstall bolt or screw securely 1343

Remove the ground bolt or screw 1343

Can controller area network is a serial communication line for real time application it is an on vehicle mul tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability many elec tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation not independent in can communication control units are connected with 2 communication lines can h line can l line allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring each control unit transmits receives data but selectively reads required data only 1344

Description 1344

Dtc confirmation procedure 1344

Dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line 1344

Ec 1344 1344

Hr without euro obd 1344

On board diagnosis logic 1344

The mi will not light up for these self diagnoses 1344

Turn ignition switch on and wait at least 3 seconds 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 if 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 1346 diagnostic procedure 1344

Dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line 1345

Ec 1345 1345

Hr without euro obd 1345

Wiring diagram 1345

Description 1347

Dtc confirmation procedure 1347

Dtc u1010 can communication 1347

Ec 1347 1347

Hr without euro obd 1347

On board diagnosis logic 1347

With consult ii 1347

Without consult ii 1347

Diagnostic procedure 1348

Dtc u1010 can communication 1348

Ec 1348 1348

Hr without euro obd 1348

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1349

Description 1349

Dtc p0011 ivt control 1349

Ec 1349 1349

Hr without euro obd 1349

Specification data are reference values 1349

System description 1349

This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake valve the ecm receives signals such as crankshaft position camshaft position engine speed and engine coolant temperature then the ecm sends on off pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve depending on driving status this makes it possible to control the shut open timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low mid speed range and output in high speed range 1349

Caution always drive at a safe speed note 1350

Dtc confirmation procedure 1350

Dtc p0011 ivt control 1350

Ec 1350 1350

Ecm enters in fail safe mode when the malfunction is detected 1350

Fail safe mode 1350

Hr without euro obd 1350

If dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is between 10v and 16v at idle 1350

If dtc p0011 is displayed with dtc p1111 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p1111 see ec 1425 dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 1350

Let engine idle for 10 seconds 5 if the 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 1352 diagnostic procedure if the 1st trip dtc is not detected go to next step 6 maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds 1350

On board diagnosis logic 1350

The mi will not light up for this self diagnosis 1350

Turn ignition switch on and select data monitor mode with consult ii 2 start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera ture 3 maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive sec onds hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible 1350

With consult ii 1350

Dtc p0011 ivt control 1351

Ec 1351 1351

Hr without euro obd 1351

Overall function check 1351

Without consult ii 1351

Diagnostic procedure 1352

Dtc p0011 ivt control 1352

Ec 1352 1352

Hr without euro obd 1352

Component inspection 1353

Dtc p0011 ivt control 1353

Ec 1353 1353

Hr without euro obd 1353

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 1353

Removal and installation 1353

Component description 1354

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1354

Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor 1354

Ec 1354 1354

Fail safe mode 1354

Hr without euro obd 1354

On board diagnosis logic 1354

Specification data are reference values 1354

The mass air flow sensor 1 is placed in the stream of intake air it measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake flow the mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount the heat generated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it the more air the greater the heat loss therefore the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases the ecm detects the air flow by means of this current change 1354

These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 1354

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1354

Dtc confirmation procedure 1355

Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor 1355

Ec 1355 1355

Hr without euro obd 1355

Procedure for dtc p0102 with consult ii 1355

Procedure for dtc p0103 with consult ii 1355

Without consult ii 1355

Air duct 1357

Check intake system 1357

Check the following for connection 1357

Diagnostic procedure 1357

Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor 1357

Ec 1357 1357

Go to 3 1357

Hr without euro obd 1357

Inspection start 1357

Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold ok or ng 1357

Reconnect the parts 1357

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1357

Vacuum hoses 1357

Which malfunction p0102 or p0103 is duplicated p0102 or p0103 1357

Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor 1358

Ec 1358 1358

Hr without euro obd 1358

Component inspection 1359

Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor 1359

Ec 1359 1359

Hr without euro obd 1359

Mass air flow sensor with consult ii 1359

Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor 1360

Ec 1360 1360

Hr without euro obd 1360

Mass air flow sensor 1360

Removal and installation 1360

Without consult ii 1360

Caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1361

Component description 1361

Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 1361

Ec 1361 1361

Ecm enters fail safe mode when the malfunction is detected 1361

Fail safe mode 1361

Hr without euro obd 1361

On board diagnosis logic 1361

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature the sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ecm the modified signal returns to the ecm as the engine coolant temperature input the sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature the electrical resistance of the ther mistor decreases as temperature increases 1361

Dtc confirmation procedure 1362

Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 1362

Ec 1362 1362

Hr without euro obd 1362

With consult ii 1362

Without consult ii 1362

Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 1363

Ec 1363 1363

Hr without euro obd 1363

Wiring diagram 1363

Diagnostic procedure 1364

Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 1364

Ec 1364 1364

Hr without euro obd 1364

Component inspection 1365

Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 1365

Ec 1365 1365

Engine coolant temperature sensor 1365

Hr without euro obd 1365

Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 1366

Ec 1366 1366

Engine coolant temperature sensor 1366

Hr without euro obd 1366

If ng replace engine coolant temperature sensor 1366

Refer to em 173 cylinder head 1366

Removal and installation 1366

Component description 1367

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1367

Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 1367

Ec 1367 1367

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion 1367

Fail safe mode 1367

Hr without euro obd 1367

On board diagnosis logic 1367

Specification data are reference values 1367

These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic note if dtc p0122 or p0123 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1471 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1367

When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1367

Dtc confirmation procedure 1368

Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 1368

Ec 1368 1368

Hr without euro obd 1368

With consult ii 1368

Without consult ii 1368

Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 1369

Ec 1369 1369

Hr without euro obd 1369

Wiring diagram 1369

Check ground connections 1370

Diagnostic procedure 1370

Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 1370

Ec 1370 1370

Hr without euro obd 1370

Ok or ng 1370

Repair or replace ground connections 1370

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1370

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection 1370

Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 1371

Ec 1371 1371

Hr without euro obd 1371

Component inspection 1372

Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 1372

Ec 1372 1372

Electric throttle control actuator 1372

Hr without euro obd 1372

Removal and installation 1372

Throttle position sensor 1372

Component description 1373

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1373

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 1373

Ec 1373 1373

Hr without euro obd 1373

On board diagnosis logic 1373

Specification data are reference values 1373

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 1373

To judge the malfunction the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high 1373

Dtc confirmation procedure 1374

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 1374

Ec 1374 1374

Hr without euro obd 1374

With consult ii 1374

Without consult ii 1374

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 1375

Ec 1375 1375

Hr without euro obd 1375

Wiring diagram 1375

Check ground connections 1376

Diagnostic procedure 1376

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 1376

Ec 1376 1376

Hr without euro obd 1376

Ok or ng 1376

Repair or replace ground connections 1376

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1376

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection 1376

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 1377

Ec 1377 1377

Hr without euro obd 1377

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 1378

Ec 1378 1378

Hr without euro obd 1378

Component inspection 1379

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 1379

Ec 1379 1379

Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 1379

Hr without euro obd 1379

Without consult ii 1379

Dtc p0132 ho2s1 1380

Ec 1380 1380

Heated oxygen sensor 1 1380

Hr without euro obd 1380

Removal and installation 1380

Component description 1381

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1381

Dtc p0134 ho2s1 1381

Ec 1381 1381

Hr without euro obd 1381

On board diagnosis logic 1381

Specification data are reference values 1381

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 1381

Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is not input the ecm circuits will read a continuous approximately 0 v therefore for this diagnosis the time that output voltage is within 200 to 400 mv range is monitored and the diagnosis checks that this time is not inordinately long 1381

Dtc p0134 ho2s1 1382

Ec 1382 1382

Hr without euro obd 1382

Overall function check 1382

With consult ii 1382

Without consult ii 1382

Dtc p0134 ho2s1 1383

Ec 1383 1383

Hr without euro obd 1383

Wiring diagram 1383

Check ground connections 1384

Diagnostic procedure 1384

Dtc p0134 ho2s1 1384

Ec 1384 1384

Hr without euro obd 1384

Ok or ng 1384

Repair or replace ground connections 1384

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1384

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection 1384

Component inspection 1385

Dtc p0134 ho2s1 1385

Ec 1385 1385

Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 1385

Hr without euro obd 1385

Dtc p0134 ho2s1 1386

Ec 1386 1386

Hr without euro obd 1386

Without consult ii 1386

Before installing new oxygen sensor clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner tool and approved anti seize lubricant 1387

Dtc p0134 ho2s1 1387

Ec 1387 1387

Heated oxygen sensor 1 1387

Hr without euro obd 1387

Refer to em 124 exhaust manifold 1387

Removal and installation 1387

Component description 1388

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1388

Dtc p0138 ho2s2 1388

Ec 1388 1388

Hr without euro obd 1388

On board diagnosis logic 1388

Specification data are reference values 1388

The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation 1388

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving condition such as fuel cut 1388

Dtc confirmation procedure 1389

Dtc p0138 ho2s2 1389

Ec 1389 1389

Hr without euro obd 1389

With consult ii 1389

Without consult ii 1389

Check ground connections 1391

Diagnostic procedure 1391

Dtc p0138 ho2s2 1391

Ec 1391 1391

Hr without euro obd 1391

Ok or ng 1391

Repair or replace ground connections 1391

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1391

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection 1391

Component inspection 1392

Dtc p0138 ho2s2 1392

Ec 1392 1392

Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii 1392

Hr without euro obd 1392

Dtc p0138 ho2s2 1393

Ec 1393 1393

Hr without euro obd 1393

Without consult ii 1393

Component description 1395

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1395

Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 1395

Ec 1395 1395

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion 1395

Fail safe mode 1395

Hr without euro obd 1395

On board diagnosis logic 1395

Specification data are reference values 1395

These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic note if dtc p0222 or p0223 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1471 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1395

When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1395

Dtc confirmation procedure 1396

Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 1396

Ec 1396 1396

Hr without euro obd 1396

With consult ii 1396

Without consult ii 1396

Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 1397

Ec 1397 1397

Hr without euro obd 1397

Wiring diagram 1397

Check ground connections 1398

Diagnostic procedure 1398

Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 1398

Ec 1398 1398

Hr without euro obd 1398

Ok or ng 1398

Repair or replace ground connections 1398

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1398

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection 1398

Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 1399

Ec 1399 1399

Hr without euro obd 1399

Component inspection 1400

Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 1400

Ec 1400 1400

Electric throttle control actuator 1400

Hr without euro obd 1400

Removal and installation 1400

Throttle position sensor 1400

Component description 1401

Dtc confirmation procedure 1401

Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 1401

Ec 1401 1401

Hr without euro obd 1401

On board diagnosis logic 1401

With consult ii 1401

Without consult ii 1401

Diagnostic procedure 1403

Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 1403

Ec 1403 1403

Hr without euro obd 1403

Component inspection 1404

Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 1404

Ec 1404 1404

Hr without euro obd 1404

Knock sensor 1404

Removal and installation 1404

Component description 1405

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1405

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1405

Ec 1405 1405

Hr without euro obd 1405

On board diagnosis logic 1405

Specification data are reference values 1405

The crankshaft position sensor pos is located on the cylinder block rear housing facing the gear teeth cogs of the signal plate at the end of the crankshaft it detects the fluctuation of the engine rev olution the sensor consists of a permanent magnet and hall ic when the engine is running the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change the changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change due to the changing magnetic field the voltage from the sensor changes the ecm receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution ecm receives the signals as shown in the figure 1405

Dtc confirmation procedure 1406

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1406

Ec 1406 1406

Hr without euro obd 1406

With consult ii 1406

Without consult ii 1406

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1407

Ec 1407 1407

Hr without euro obd 1407

Wiring diagram 1407

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1408

Ec 1408 1408

Hr without euro obd 1408

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1408

Diagnostic procedure 1409

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1409

Ec 1409 1409

Hr without euro obd 1409

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1410

Ec 1410 1410

Hr without euro obd 1410

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1411

Ec 1411 1411

Hr without euro obd 1411

Component inspection 1412

Crankshaft position sensor pos 1412

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1412

Ec 1412 1412

Hr without euro obd 1412

Removal and installation 1412

Component description 1413

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1413

Ec 1413 1413

Hr without euro obd 1413

Note if dtc p0340 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1471 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1413

On board diagnosis logic 1413

The camshaft position sensor phase senses the protrusion of camshaft int to identify a particular cylinder the camshaft position sensor phase senses the piston position when the crankshaft position sensor pos system becomes inoper ative the camshaft position sensor phase provides various con trols of engine parts instead utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals the sensor consists of a permanent magnet and hall ic when engine is running the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change the changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change due to the changing magnetic field the voltage from the sensor changes ecm receives the signals as shown in the figure 1413

Dtc confirmation procedure 1414

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1414

Ec 1414 1414

Hr without euro obd 1414

With consult ii 1414

Without consult ii 1414

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1415

Ec 1415 1415

Hr without euro obd 1415

Wiring diagram 1415

Check starting system 1416

Check starting system refer to sc 45 starting system 1416

Diagnostic procedure 1416

Does the engine turn over does the starter motor operate 1416

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1416

Ec 1416 1416

Hr without euro obd 1416

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1416

Turn ignition switch to start position 1416

Yes or no 1416

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1417

Ec 1417 1417

Hr without euro obd 1417

Camshaft position sensor phase 1418

Component inspection 1418

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1418

Ec 1418 1418

Hr without euro obd 1418

Camshaft position sensor phase 1419

Check resistance as shown in the figure 1419

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1419

Ec 1419 1419

Hr without euro obd 1419

Refer to em 151 camshaft 1419

Removal and installation 1419

Visually check the sensor for chipping 1419

Component description 1420

Dtc confirmation procedure 1420

Dtc p0605 ecm 1420

Ec 1420 1420

Fail safe mode 1420

Hr without euro obd 1420

On board diagnosis logic 1420

Procedure for malfunction a with consult ii 1420

Without consult ii 1420

Dtc p0605 ecm 1421

Ec 1421 1421

Hr without euro obd 1421

Procedure for malfunction b with consult ii 1421

Procedure for malfunction c with consult ii 1421

Without consult ii 1421

Diagnostic procedure 1422

Dtc p0605 ecm 1422

Ec 1422 1422

Hr without euro obd 1422

Component description 1423

Dtc confirmation procedure 1423

Dtc p1065 ecm 1423

Ec 1423 1423

Hr without euro obd 1423

On board diagnosis logic 1423

With consult ii 1423

Without consult ii 1423

Diagnostic procedure 1424

Dtc p1065 ecm 1424

Ec 1424 1424

Hr without euro obd 1424

Component description 1425

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1425

Dtc confirmation procedure 1425

Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 1425

Ec 1425 1425

Hr without euro obd 1425

On board diagnosis logic 1425

With consult ii 1425

Without consult ii 1425

Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 1427

Ec 1427 1427

Hr without euro obd 1427

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1427

Diagnostic procedure 1428

Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 1428

Ec 1428 1428

Hr without euro obd 1428

Component inspection 1429

Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 1429

Ec 1429 1429

Hr without euro obd 1429

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 1429

Removal and installation 1429

Component description 1430

Dtc confirmation procedure 1430

Dtc p1121 electric throttle control actuator 1430

Ec 1430 1430

Fail safe mode 1430

Hr without euro obd 1430

On board diagnosis logic 1430

Procedure for malfunction a and b with consult ii 1430

Diagnostic procedure 1431

Dtc p1121 electric throttle control actuator 1431

Ec 1431 1431

Hr without euro obd 1431

Procedure for malfunction c with consult ii 1431

Without consult ii 1431

Dtc p1121 electric throttle control actuator 1432

Ec 1432 1432

Hr without euro obd 1432

Removal and installation 1432

Description 1433

Dtc confirmation procedure 1433

Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 1433

Ec 1433 1433

Fail safe mode 1433

Hr without euro obd 1433

On board diagnosis logic 1433

With consult ii 1433

Without consult ii 1433

Check ground connections 1435

Diagnostic procedure 1435

Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 1435

Ec 1435 1435

Hr without euro obd 1435

Ok or ng 1435

Repair or replace ground connections 1435

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1435

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection 1435

Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 1436

Ec 1436 1436

Hr without euro obd 1436

Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 1437

Ec 1437 1437

Hr without euro obd 1437

Component inspection 1438

Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 1438

Ec 1438 1438

Electric throttle control actuator 1438

Hr without euro obd 1438

Removal and installation 1438

Throttle control motor 1438

Component description 1439

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1439

Dtc confirmation procedure 1439

Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 1439

Ec 1439 1439

Fail safe mode 1439

Hr without euro obd 1439

Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 1439

On board diagnosis logic 1439

Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ecm via throttle control motor relay the throttle control motor relay is on off controlled by the ecm when the ignition switch is turned on the ecm sends an on signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ecm when the ignition switch is turned off the ecm sends an off signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not provided to the ecm 1439

Procedure for dtc p1124 with consult ii 1439

Specification data are reference values 1439

These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 1439

Turn ignition switch on and wait at least 1 second 2 turn ignition switch off wait at least 10 seconds and then turn on 1439

Turn ignition switch on and wait at least 1 seconds 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 if dtc is detected go to ec 1442 diagnostic procedure 1439

When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1439

Without consult ii 1439

Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 1440

Ec 1440 1440

Hr without euro obd 1440

Procedure for dtc p1126 1440

With consult ii 1440

Without consult ii 1440

Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 1441

Ec 1441 1441

Hr without euro obd 1441

Wiring diagram 1441

Check throttle control motor relay power supply circuit i 1442

Diagnostic procedure 1442

Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 1442

Ec 1442 1442

Go to 2 1442

Hr without euro obd 1442

Ok or ng 1442

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1442

Turn ignition switch off 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 15 and ground with con sult ii or tester 1442

Voltage battery voltage 1442

Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 1443

Ec 1443 1443

Hr without euro obd 1443

Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 1444

Ec 1444 1444

Hr without euro obd 1444

Component description 1445

Dtc confirmation procedure 1445

Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 1445

Ec 1445 1445

Fail safe mode 1445

Hr without euro obd 1445

On board diagnosis logic 1445

With consult ii 1445

Without consult ii 1445

Check ground connections 1447

Diagnostic procedure 1447

Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 1447

Ec 1447 1447

Hr without euro obd 1447

Ok or ng 1447

Repair or replace ground connections 1447

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1447

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection 1447

Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 1448

Ec 1448 1448

Hr without euro obd 1448

Component inspection 1449

Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 1449

Ec 1449 1449

Electric throttle control actuator 1449

Hr without euro obd 1449

Removal and installation 1449

Throttle control motor 1449

Description 1450

Diagnostic procedure 1450

Dtc confirmation procedure 1450

Dtc p1212 tcs communication line 1450

Ec 1450 1450

Hr without euro obd 1450

On board diagnosis logic 1450

With consult ii 1450

Without consult ii 1450

Cooling fan control 1451

Cooling fan operation 1451

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1451

Ec 1451 1451

Hr without euro obd 1451

If dtc p1217 is displayed with dtc u1000 or u1001 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1000 u1001 refer to ec 1344 dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line 1451

If dtc p1217 is displayed with dtc u1010 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 1347 dtc u1010 can communication 1451

Models with a c 1451

System description 1451

The ecm controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed engine coolant temperature refrigerant pressure and air conditioner on signal the control system has 3 step control high low off models with a c or 2 step control on off models without a c 1451

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1452

Cooling fan relay operation 1452

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1452

Ec 1452 1452

Hr without euro obd 1452

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions engine coolant temperature will rise when the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition a malfunction is indicated this self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic 1452

Models without a c 1452

On board diagnosis logic 1452

Specification data are reference values 1452

The ecm controls cooling fan relays in the ipdm e r through can communication line 1452

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1453

Ec 1453 1453

Hr without euro obd 1453

Overall function check 1453

With consult ii 1453

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1454

Ec 1454 1454

Hr without euro obd 1454

With gst models with air conditioner 1454

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1455

Ec 1455 1455

Hr without euro obd 1455

Models without air conditioner 1455

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1457

Ec 1457 1457

Hr without euro obd 1457

Models without air conditioner 1457

Diagnostic procedure 1458

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1458

Ec 1458 1458

Hr without euro obd 1458

Procedure for models with air conditioner 1458

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1459

Ec 1459 1459

Hr without euro obd 1459

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1460

Ec 1460 1460

Hr without euro obd 1460

Procedure a 1460

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1461

Ec 1461 1461

Hr without euro obd 1461

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1462

Ec 1462 1462

Hr without euro obd 1462

Procedure for models without air conditioner 1462

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1463

Ec 1463 1463

Hr without euro obd 1463

Procedure b 1463

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1464

Ec 1464 1464

Hr without euro obd 1464

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1465

Ec 1465 1465

Hr without euro obd 1465

Main 12 causes of overheating 1465

Component inspection 1466

Cooling fan motor 1466

Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors 2 supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation 1466

Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1466

Ec 1466 1466

Hr without euro obd 1466

Component description 1467

Dtc confirmation procedure 1467

Dtc p1225 tp sensor 1467

Ec 1467 1467

Hr without euro obd 1467

On board diagnosis logic 1467

With consult ii 1467

Without consult ii 1467

Diagnostic procedure 1468

Dtc p1225 tp sensor 1468

Ec 1468 1468

Electric throttle control actuator 1468

Hr without euro obd 1468

Removal and installation 1468

Component description 1469

Dtc confirmation procedure 1469

Dtc p1226 tp sensor 1469

Ec 1469 1469

Hr without euro obd 1469

On board diagnosis logic 1469

With consult ii 1469

Without consult ii 1469

Diagnostic procedure 1470

Dtc p1226 tp sensor 1470

Ec 1470 1470

Electric throttle control actuator 1470

Hr without euro obd 1470

Removal and installation 1470

Dtc confirmation procedure 1471

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1471

Ec 1471 1471

Fail safe mode 1471

Hr without euro obd 1471

On board diagnosis logic 1471

With consult ii 1471

Without consult ii 1471

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1473

Ec 1473 1473

Hr without euro obd 1473

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1473

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1475

Ec 1475 1475

Hr without euro obd 1475

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1475

Diagnostic procedure 1476

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1476

Ec 1476 1476

Hr without euro obd 1476

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1477

Ec 1477 1477

Hr without euro obd 1477

Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1478

Ec 1478 1478

Hr without euro obd 1478

Component description 1479

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1479

Dtc p1706 pnp switch 1479

Ec 1479 1479

Hr without euro obd 1479

If ng go to ec 1483 diagnostic procedure 1479

On board diagnosis logic 1479

Overall function check 1479

Specification data are reference values 1479

Turn ignition switch on 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 70 pnp switch signal and ground under the following conditions 1479

Turn ignition switch on 2 select p n posi sw in data monitor mode with con sult ii then check the p n posi sw signal under the follow ing conditions 1479

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park neutral position pnp switch circuit during this check a 1st trip dtc might not be confirmed 1479

When the shift lever position is p or n a t neutral m t park neutral position pnp switch is on ecm detects the position because the continuity of the line the on signal exists 1479

With consult ii 1479

Without consult ii 1479

Dtc p1706 pnp switch 1481

Ec 1481 1481

Hr without euro obd 1481

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1481

Check pnp switch circuit 1483

Diagnostic procedure 1483

Dtc p1706 pnp switch 1483

Ec 1483 1483

Go to 2 1483

Hr without euro obd 1483

Ok or ng 1483

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1483

Turn ignition switch on 2 check voltage between ipdm e r terminal 31 and ground under following condition 1483

Dtc p1706 pnp switch 1484

Ec 1484 1484

Hr without euro obd 1484

Dtc p1706 pnp switch 1485

Ec 1485 1485

Hr without euro obd 1485

Dtc p1706 pnp switch 1486

Ec 1486 1486

Hr without euro obd 1486

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1487

Description 1487

Dtc confirmation procedure 1487

Dtc p1805 brake switch 1487

Ec 1487 1487

Fail safe mode 1487

Hr without euro obd 1487

On board diagnosis logic 1487

With consult ii 1487

Without consult ii 1487

Diagnostic procedure 1489

Dtc p1805 brake switch 1489

Ec 1489 1489

Hr without euro obd 1489

Dtc p1805 brake switch 1490

Ec 1490 1490

Hr without euro obd 1490

Component inspection 1491

Dtc p1805 brake switch 1491

Ec 1491 1491

Hr without euro obd 1491

If ng adjust stop lamp switch installation refer to br 6 brake pedal and perform step 3 again 1491

Stop lamp switch 1491

Turn ignition switch off 2 disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector 3 check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions 1491

Component description 1492

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1492

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1492

Ec 1492 1492

Fail safe mode 1492

Hr without euro obd 1492

On board diagnosis logic 1492

Specification data are reference values 1492

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut 1492

These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2122 or p2123 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1471 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1492

When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1492

Dtc confirmation procedure 1493

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1493

Ec 1493 1493

Hr without euro obd 1493

With consult ii 1493

Without consult ii 1493

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1495

Ec 1495 1495

Hr without euro obd 1495

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1495

Check ground connections 1497

Diagnostic procedure 1497

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1497

Ec 1497 1497

Hr without euro obd 1497

Ok or ng 1497

Repair or replace ground connections 1497

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1497

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection 1497

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1498

Ec 1498 1498

Hr without euro obd 1498

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1499

Component inspection 1499

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1499

Ec 1499 1499

Hr without euro obd 1499

Accelerator pedal 1500

Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1500

Ec 1500 1500

Hr without euro obd 1500

Removal and installation 1500

Component description 1501

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1501

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1501

Ec 1501 1501

Fail safe mode 1501

Hr without euro obd 1501

On board diagnosis logic 1501

Specification data are reference values 1501

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut 1501

These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 1501

When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1501

Dtc confirmation procedure 1502

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1502

Ec 1502 1502

Hr without euro obd 1502

With consult ii 1502

Without consult ii 1502

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1503

Ec 1503 1503

Hr without euro obd 1503

Lhd models 1503

Wiring diagram 1503

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1504

Ec 1504 1504

Hr without euro obd 1504

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1504

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1505

Ec 1505 1505

Hr without euro obd 1505

Rhd models 1505

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1506

Ec 1506 1506

Hr without euro obd 1506

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1506

Diagnostic procedure 1507

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1507

Ec 1507 1507

Hr without euro obd 1507

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1508

Ec 1508 1508

Hr without euro obd 1508

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1509

Component inspection 1509

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1509

Ec 1509 1509

Hr without euro obd 1509

Accelerator pedal 1510

Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1510

Ec 1510 1510

Hr without euro obd 1510

Removal and installation 1510

Component description 1511

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1511

Dtc p2135 tp sensor 1511

Ec 1511 1511

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion 1511

Fail safe mode 1511

Hr without euro obd 1511

On board diagnosis logic 1511

Specification data are reference values 1511

This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2135 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1471 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1511

When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1511

Dtc confirmation procedure 1512

Dtc p2135 tp sensor 1512

Ec 1512 1512

Hr without euro obd 1512

With consult ii 1512

Without consult ii 1512

Dtc p2135 tp sensor 1513

Ec 1513 1513

Hr without euro obd 1513

Wiring diagram 1513

Check ground connections 1514

Diagnostic procedure 1514

Dtc p2135 tp sensor 1514

Ec 1514 1514

Hr without euro obd 1514

Ok or ng 1514

Repair or replace ground connections 1514

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1514

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection 1514

Dtc p2135 tp sensor 1515

Ec 1515 1515

Hr without euro obd 1515

Component inspection 1516

Dtc p2135 tp sensor 1516

Ec 1516 1516

Electric throttle control actuator 1516

Hr without euro obd 1516

Removal and installation 1516

Throttle position sensor 1516

Component description 1517

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1517

Dtc p2138 app sensor 1517

Ec 1517 1517

Hr without euro obd 1517

On board diagnosis logic 1517

Specification data are reference values 1517

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut 1517

This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2138 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1471 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1517

Dtc confirmation procedure 1518

Dtc p2138 app sensor 1518

Ec 1518 1518

Fail safe mode 1518

Hr without euro obd 1518

With consult ii 1518

Without consult ii 1518

Dtc p2138 app sensor 1519

Ec 1519 1519

Hr without euro obd 1519

Lhd models 1519

Wiring diagram 1519

Dtc p2138 app sensor 1520

Ec 1520 1520

Hr without euro obd 1520

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1520

Dtc p2138 app sensor 1521

Ec 1521 1521

Hr without euro obd 1521

Rhd models 1521

Dtc p2138 app sensor 1522

Ec 1522 1522

Hr without euro obd 1522

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1522

Diagnostic procedure 1523

Dtc p2138 app sensor 1523

Ec 1523 1523

Hr without euro obd 1523

Dtc p2138 app sensor 1524

Ec 1524 1524

Hr without euro obd 1524

Dtc p2138 app sensor 1525

Ec 1525 1525

Hr without euro obd 1525

Dtc p2138 app sensor 1526

Ec 1526 1526

Hr without euro obd 1526

Accelerator pedal 1527

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1527

Component inspection 1527

Dtc p2138 app sensor 1527

Ec 1527 1527

Hr without euro obd 1527

Removal and installation 1527

Check heater fan signal circuit overall function 1528

Check heater fan sw in data monitor mode with con sult ii under the following conditions 1528

Check load signal circuit overall funcition i 1528

Check load signal circuit overall function ii 1528

Check load signal in data monitor mode with consult ii under the following conditions 1528

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1528

Diagnostic procedure 1528

Ec 1528 1528

Electrical load signal 1528

Go to 4 1528

Go to 5 1528

Go to 6 1528

Hr without euro obd 1528

Ok or ng 1528

Specification data are reference values 1528

Turn ignition switch on 2 check load signal in data monitor mode with con sult ii under the following conditions 1528

Ec 1529 1529

Electrical load signal 1529

Hr without euro obd 1529

Component description 1530

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1530

Description 1530

Ec 1530 1530

Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1530

Hr without euro obd 1530

Specification data are reference values 1530

System description 1530

The evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a on off duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canis ter the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by on off pulses from the ecm the longer the on pulse the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve 1530

This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canister the opening of the vapor by pass pas sage in the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats on off operation according to the signal sent from the ecm the opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control the optimum value stored in the ecm is determined by considering various engine conditions when the engine is operating the flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canister is regulated as the air flow changes 1530

Ec 1531 1531

Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1531

Hr without euro obd 1531

Wiring diagram 1531

Ec 1532 1532

Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1532

Hr without euro obd 1532

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1532

Diagnostic procedure 1533

Ec 1533 1533

Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1533

Hr without euro obd 1533

Ec 1534 1534

Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1534

Hr without euro obd 1534

Ec 1535 1535

Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1535

Hr without euro obd 1535

Check air passage continuity of evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions 1536

Component inspection 1536

Ec 1536 1536

Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1536

Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve with consult ii 1536

Hr without euro obd 1536

Refer to em 120 intake manifold 1536

Removal and installation 1536

Without consult ii 1536

Component description 1537

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1537

Ec 1537 1537

Fuel injector 1537

Hr without euro obd 1537

Specification data are reference values 1537

The fuel injector is a small precise solenoid valve when the ecm supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit the coil in the fuel injec tor is energized the energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold the amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura tion pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open the ecm controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs 1537

Diagnostic procedure 1539

Ec 1539 1539

Fuel injector 1539

Go to 3 1539

Hr without euro obd 1539

Inspection start 1539

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1539

Turn ignition switch to start is any cylinder ignited yes or no 1539

Ec 1540 1540

Fuel injector 1540

Hr without euro obd 1540

Ec 1541 1541

Fuel injector 1541

Hr without euro obd 1541

Component inspection 1542

Ec 1542 1542

Fuel injector 1542

Hr without euro obd 1542

Removal and installation 1542

A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank 1543

Component description 1543

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1543

Description 1543

Ec 1543 1543

Fuel pump 1543

Hr without euro obd 1543

Specification data are reference values 1543

System description 1543

The ecm activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve engine startability if the ecm receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor pos and cam shaft position sensor phase it knows that the engine is rotating and causes the pump to operate if the engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is on the engine stalls the ecm stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging thereby improving safety the ecm does not directly drive the fuel pump it controls the on off fuel pump relay which in turn controls the fuel pump 1543

Diagnostic procedure 1545

Ec 1545 1545

Fuel pump 1545

Hr without euro obd 1545

Ec 1546 1546

Fuel pump 1546

Hr without euro obd 1546

Ec 1547 1547

Fuel pump 1547

Hr without euro obd 1547

Component inspection 1548

Ec 1548 1548

Fuel pump 1548

Hr without euro obd 1548

Removal and installation 1548

Component description 1549

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1549

Ec 1549 1549

Hr without euro obd 1549

Specification data are reference values 1549

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 1549

Ec 1551 1551

Hr without euro obd 1551

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1551

Diagnostic procedure 1552

Ec 1552 1552

Hr without euro obd 1552

Ec 1553 1553

Hr without euro obd 1553

Ec 1554 1554

Hr without euro obd 1554

Component inspection 1555

Ec 1555 1555

Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 1555

Hr without euro obd 1555

Without consult ii 1555

Ec 1556 1556

Heated oxygen sensor 1 1556

Hr without euro obd 1556

Removal and installation 1556

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1557

Description 1557

Ec 1557 1557

Ho2s1 heater 1557

Hr without euro obd 1557

Operation 1557

Specification data are reference values 1557

System description 1557

The ecm performs on off duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine speed and engine coolant temperature the duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine is started 1557

Ec 1559 1559

Ho2s1 heater 1559

Hr without euro obd 1559

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1559

Diagnostic procedure 1560

Ec 1560 1560

Ho2s1 heater 1560

Hr without euro obd 1560

Ec 1561 1561

Ho2s1 heater 1561

Hr without euro obd 1561

Component inspection 1562

Ec 1562 1562

Heated oxygen sensor 1 1562

Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater 1562

Ho2s1 heater 1562

Hr without euro obd 1562

Removal and installation 1562

Component description 1563

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1563

Ec 1563 1563

Hr without euro obd 1563

Specification data are reference values 1563

The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation 1563

Check overall function i 1565

Diagnostic procedure 1565

Ec 1565 1565

Go to 2 1565

Hr without euro obd 1565

Ok or ng 1565

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1565

Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature 2 turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds 3 start engine and keep the engine speed between 3 500 and 4 000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load 4 let engine idle for 1 minute 5 set voltmeter probes between ecm terminal 50 ho2s2 signal and ground 6 check the voltage while revving engine up to 4 000 rpm under no load at least 10 times depress and release the accelerator pedal as quickly as possi ble 1565

The voltage does not remain in the range of 0 0 v 1565

Ec 1566 1566

Hr without euro obd 1566

Component inspection 1567

Ec 1567 1567

Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii 1567

Hr without euro obd 1567

Ec 1568 1568

Heated oxygen sensor 2 1568

Hr without euro obd 1568

Removal and installation 1568

Without consult ii 1568

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1569

Description 1569

Ec 1569 1569

Ho2s2 heater 1569

Hr without euro obd 1569

Operation 1569

Specification data are reference values 1569

System description 1569

The ecm performs on off control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature 1569

Ec 1571 1571

Ho2s2 heater 1571

Hr without euro obd 1571

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1571

Diagnostic procedure 1572

Ec 1572 1572

Ho2s2 heater 1572

Hr without euro obd 1572

Ec 1573 1573

Ho2s2 heater 1573

Hr without euro obd 1573

Component inspection 1574

Ec 1574 1574

Heated oxygen sensor 2 1574

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater 1574

Ho2s2 heater 1574

Hr without euro obd 1574

Removal and installation 1574

Caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in damage to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1575

Component description 1575

Ec 1575 1575

Hr without euro obd 1575

Iat sensor 1575

The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor 1 the sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ecm the temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise 1575

Diagnostic procedure 1577

Ec 1577 1577

Hr without euro obd 1577

Iat sensor 1577

Ec 1578 1578

Hr without euro obd 1578

Iat sensor 1578

Check resistance between mass air flow sensor 1 terminals 5 and 6 under the following conditions 1579

Component inspection 1579

Ec 1579 1579

Hr without euro obd 1579

Iat sensor 1579

If ng replace mass air flow sensor with intake air temperature sensor 1579

Intake air temperature sensor 1579

Mass air flow sensor 1579

Refer to em 118 air cleaner and air duct 1579

Removal and installation 1579

Component description 1580

Ec 1580 1580

Hr without euro obd 1580

Ignition coil power transistor 1580

Ignition signal 1580

Ec 1581 1581

Hr without euro obd 1581

Ignition signal 1581

Wiring diagram 1581

Ec 1582 1582

Hr without euro obd 1582

Ignition signal 1582

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1582

Ec 1583 1583

Hr without euro obd 1583

Ignition signal 1583

Check engine start 1584

Check overall function 1584

Diagnostic procedure 1584

Ec 1584 1584

Go to 10 1584

Go to 4 1584

Hr without euro obd 1584

Ignition signal 1584

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1584

Turn ignition switch off and restart engine is engine running yes or no 1584

With consult ii 1 perform power balance in active test mode with consult ii 2 make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop ok or ng 1584

Ec 1585 1585

Hr without euro obd 1585

Ignition signal 1585

Ec 1586 1586

Hr without euro obd 1586

Ignition signal 1586

Ec 1587 1587

Hr without euro obd 1587

Ignition signal 1587

Component inspection 1588

Ec 1588 1588

Hr without euro obd 1588

Ignition coil with power transistor 1588

Ignition signal 1588

Condenser 1589

Ec 1589 1589

Hr without euro obd 1589

Ignition coil with power transistor 1589

Ignition signal 1589

Removal and installation 1589

Component description 1590

Ec 1590 1590

Hr without euro obd 1590

Refrigerant pressure sensor 1590

Ec 1591 1591

Hr without euro obd 1591

Refrigerant pressure sensor 1591

Wiring diagram 1591

Check ground connections 1592

Check refrigerant pressure sensor overall function 1592

Diagnostic procedure 1592

Ec 1592 1592

Go to 2 1592

Hr without euro obd 1592

Ok or ng 1592

Refrigerant pressure sensor 1592

Repair or replace ground connections 1592

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1592

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn a c switch and blower fan switch on 3 check voltage between ecm terminal 41 and ground with con sult ii or tester 1592

Turn a c switch and blower fan switch off 2 stop engine 3 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection 1592

Voltage 1 4 v 1592

Ec 1593 1593

Hr without euro obd 1593

Refrigerant pressure sensor 1593

Ec 1594 1594

Hr without euro obd 1594

Refrigerant pressure sensor 1594

Removal and installation 1594

Description 1595

Diagnostic procedure 1595

Ec 1595 1595

Hr without euro obd 1595

Camshaft position sensor phase 1597

Crankshaft position sensor pos 1597

Ec 1597 1597

Engine coolant temperature sensor 1597

Fuel pressure 1597

Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater 1597

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater 1597

Hr without euro obd 1597

Idle speed and ignition timing 1597

Intake air temperature sensor 1597

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 1597

Knock sensor 1597

Mass air flow sensor 1597

Refer to ec 1412 component inspection 1597

Refer to ec 1418 component inspection 1597

Service data and specifications sds 1597

Ec 1598 1598

Fuel injector 1598

Fuel pump 1598

Hr without euro obd 1598

Service data and specifications sds 1598

Throttle control motor 1598

Dtc no index 1599

Ec 1599 1599

Index for dtc 1599

Ec 1600 1600

Index for dtc 1600

Alphabetical index 1601

Ec 1601 1601

Index for dtc 1601

Ec 1602 1602

Index for dtc 1602

Ec 1603 1603

Lhd models 1603

Maintenance information 1603

On board diagnostic obd system of engine 1603

Precautions 1603

Precautions for procedures without cowl top cover 1603

Precautions for supplemental restraint system srs air bag and seat belt pre tensioner 1603

Rhd models 1603

Ec 1604 1604

Precautions 1604

Ec 1605 1605

Precautions 1605

Cleanliness 1606

Cleanliness instructions which must be followed when working on the high pressure direct injection system risks relating to contamination 1606

Ec 1606 1606

Instructions to be followed before any work is carried out on the injec tion system 1606

Instructions to be followed before opening the fuel circuit 1606

Precautions 1606

What are the sources of contamination 1606

Ec 1607 1607

Instructions to be followed during the operation 1607

Precautions 1607

Ec 1608 1608

Instructions for fitting the plugs 1608

Precautions 1608

Ec 1609 1609

Engine control system 1609

System diagram 1609

Ec 1610 1610

Engine control system 1610

Ec 1611 1611

Engine control system 1611

Refer to ec 1609 system diagram for vacuum control system 1611

Vacuum hose drawing 1611

Ec 1612 1612

Engine control system 1612

Fuel injection control 1612

System overview 1612

Ec 1613 1613

Engine control system 1613

Functions performed 1613

Important 1613

Ec 1614 1614

Engine control system 1614

Fuel rail pressure control 1614

Idling control 1614

Air delivery calculation 1615

Ec 1615 1615

Egr volume control valve operation 1615

Engine control system 1615

Individual fuel injector correction 1615

Measurement of the angular position 1615

New pump housing fuel flow strategy pump fuel flow 1615

Turbo control k9k 63kw engine 1615

Variable low capacity vlc function 1615

Cold loop climate control 1616

Ec 1616 1616

Engine control system 1616

Function stored functions climate control management assistance 1616

Idle speed control 1616

K9k 50kw engine 1616

Passenger compartment climate control 1616

Correction of the idling speed according to the gear ratios 1617

Ec 1617 1617

Engine control system 1617

Idle speed adjustment when there is an fuel injector code malfunction 1617

Idle speed correction according to engine coolant temperature 1617

Speed adjustment when there is an accelerator pedal position sensor mal function 1617

Air conditioning control 1618

Anti stall protection 1618

Compressor operation programming 1618

Ec 1618 1618

Engine control system 1618

Engine overspeed timed protection program 1618

Engine starting program 1618

Fan motor control programming 1618

Recovery of output when the vehicle starts moving 1618

Recovery of performance 1618

Thermal protection program 1618

During this phase the plugs are supplied continuously according to engine coolant temperature for idle speed without depressing the accelerator pedal 1619

Ec 1619 1619

Engine control system 1619

Post heating with the engine running 1619

Pre postheating glow plug control 1619

Pre postheating glow plug operating principle preheating at ignition switch on 1619

The pre postheating function is controlled by the glow control unit 1619

Variable preheating the time period for the glow lamp to light up and the feed to heater plugs depends on the engine coolant temperature and the battery voltage 1619

Whatever the situation the preheating glow lamp cannot be lit for more than 10 seconds except in the event of an engine coolant temperature sensor malfunction 2 fixed preheating after the glow lamp goes out the plugs remain supplied for a fixed period of 5 seconds 1619

Cooling fan control 1620

Cooling fan operation with the engine running 1620

Ec 1620 1620

Engine control system 1620

Glow plugs 1620

Refitting 1620

Removal 1620

Ec 1621 1621

Engine control system 1621

Operation of the engine coolant temperature warning light 1621

The engine coolant temperature warning light remains lit if the engine coolant temperature exceeds 114 c 237 f it goes out when the temperature falls below 111 c 232 f 1621

A when there is a low charge the vacuum in the intake air duct is below the spring set point the oil vapours are extensively rebreathed by the vacuum in the intake air duct 1622

B when there is a medium or high charge the pressure in the intake air duct exhausts the valve dia phragm the oil vapours are breathed in small quantities via a calibrated hole 1622

Checking 1622

Circuit diagram 1622

Ec 1622 1622

Engine control system 1622

Exhaust gas recirculation egr 1622

Oil vapour rebreathing 1622

To ensure the correct operation of the anti pollution system the oil vapour rebreathing circuit must be kept clean and in good condition 1622

Ec 1623 1623

Engine control system 1623

Operating conditions 1623

Operating principle 1623

Purpose of the egr system 1623

Can communication 1624

Ec 1624 1624

Engine control system 1624

System description 1624

Air bleeding 1625

Basic service procedure 1625

Description 1625

Ec 1625 1625

Fuel filter 1625

Injector adjustment value registration 1625

Water draining 1625

Basic service procedure 1626

Checking sealing after repair 1626

Ec 1626 1626

Rail injector pipes 1626

Rail pump pipe 1626

Replacing ecm 1626

Tightening the high pressure pipes 1626

After replacing ecm enter each injector adjustment value using work support mode with con sult ii 1627

Also set the system configuration using configuration mode with consult ii 1627

Basic service procedure 1627

Check the injector adjustment value using work support mode with consult ii 1627

Ec 1627 1627

Entering each injector adjustment value when replacing the ecm 1627

Note injector adjustment value is a factory calibration carried out on each fuel injector to adjust the flow of each one precisely taking into account differences in manufacture the injector adjustment values are written on a label affixed to each fuel injector then entered in the ecm which can then control each fuel injector by taking account of their differences in manufacture the system can be programmed work support mode with consult ii the injector adjustment values 16 digit code must be replaced after replacing a fuel injector 1627

Replacing fuel injectors 1627

Dtcs causing mi to light 1628

Ec 1628 1628

Engine coolant temperature light 1628

Engine warning light 1628

How to erase dtc 1628

In the event of an engine malfunction the ecm may request the display of an engine warning light mi red 1628

In the event of overheating it is up to the driver whether to stop the vehicle or not 1628

Introduction 1628

Obd light 1628

On board diagnostic obd system 1628

Pre post heating lamp 1628

The ecm controls the display on the instrument panel of certain information relating to the operation of the engine four functions are involved here the obd malfunction indicator mi yellow for the eobd european on board diagnostics the pre post heating the engine coolant temperature and engine malfunction mi red these four functions are represented by four lights given out by the ecm 1628

The obd malfunction indicator mi yellow is used to alert the driver to the existence of engine control system malfunctions involving excessive pollution or if the eobd system is deactivated the ecm makes a request for lighting of the mi yellow only where there is a malfunction present at the end of three consecutive cycles the 3 second visual check upon powering up automatic test procedure controlled by the ipdm e r is per formed by the ecm in the event of a confirmed obd malfunction by lighting of the obd light no flashing of the light must be observed following the lighting test 1628

This lamp indicates that the pre heating has been activated 1628

This light is used as an indicator of engine overheating 1628

With consult ii the dtc in the ecm can be erased by selecting erase in the self diag results mode with con sult ii 1628

Ec 1629 1629

Nats nissan anti theft system 1629

On board diagnostic obd system 1629

Replacing the ecm 1629

Uncoding procedure 1629

Conformity check 1630

Customer complaints trouble diagnosis 1630

Documentation type 1630

Ec 1630 1630

Prerequisites for trouble diagnosis 1630

Reminders trouble diagnosis 1630

Scope of this document 1630

Trouble diagnosis 1630

Trouble diagnosis introduction 1630

Diagnostic procedure 1631

Ec 1631 1631

Trouble diagnosis 1631

Ec 1632 1632

Instructions to be followed before any work is carried out on the injection system 1632

Risks relating to contamination 1632

Safety instructions 1632

Trouble diagnosis 1632

Wiring control 1632

Ec 1633 1633

Ecm replacement programming or reprogramming operation 1633

Instructions to be followed before opening the fuel circuit 1633

Instructions to be followed during the operation 1633

Trouble diagnosis 1633

Ec 1634 1634

Note only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the consult ii 1634

Trouble diagnosis 1634

Trouble diagnosis symptom 1634

Chart 1 no communication with the ecm 1635

Ec 1635 1635

Trouble diagnosis 1635

Chart 2 the engine does not start 1636

Ec 1636 1636

Trouble diagnosis 1636

Ec 1637 1637

Trouble diagnosis 1637

Chart 3 the engine starts with difficulty or starts then stalls 1638

Ec 1638 1638

Trouble diagnosis 1638

Ec 1639 1639

Trouble diagnosis 1639

Chart 4 starting difficult with warm engine 1640

Ec 1640 1640

Trouble diagnosis 1640

Chart 5 rough idle speed pumping 1641

Ec 1641 1641

Trouble diagnosis 1641

Chart 6 idle speed too high too low 1642

Chart 7 unexpected acceleration deceleration and engine overcharging 1642

Ec 1642 1642

Trouble diagnosis 1642

Chart 8 response malfunction 1643

Ec 1643 1643

Trouble diagnosis 1643

Chart 9 engine stop stalling 1644

Ec 1644 1644

Trouble diagnosis 1644

Ec 1645 1645

Trouble diagnosis 1645

Chart 10 engine jerking 1646

Ec 1646 1646

Trouble diagnosis 1646

Chart 11 lack of power 1647

Ec 1647 1647

Trouble diagnosis 1647

Chart 12 too much power 1648

Ec 1648 1648

Trouble diagnosis 1648

Chart 13 excessive consumption 1649

Ec 1649 1649

Trouble diagnosis 1649

Chart 14 overspeed when lifting off accelerator or changing gear 1650

Ec 1650 1650

Trouble diagnosis 1650

Chart 15 engine dies on pulling away 1651

Ec 1651 1651

Trouble diagnosis 1651

Chart 16 engine backfires engine noise 1652

Ec 1652 1652

Trouble diagnosis 1652

Chart 17 clanking engine noisy engine 1653

Ec 1653 1653

Trouble diagnosis 1653

Chart 18 squalling noise 1654

Chart 19 various mechanical noises 1654

Ec 1654 1654

Trouble diagnosis 1654

Ec 1655 1655

Trouble diagnosis 1655

Chart 20 exhaust odours 1656

Ec 1656 1656

Trouble diagnosis 1656

Chart 21 diesel odours 1657

Chart 22 blue white or black smoke 1657

Ec 1657 1657

Trouble diagnosis 1657

Chart 23 smoke blue black or white on accelerating 1658

Ec 1658 1658

Trouble diagnosis 1658

Ec 1659 1659

Trouble diagnosis 1659

Description 1660

Ec 1660 1660

Test 1 low pressure circuit check 1660

Trouble diagnosis 1660

Trouble diagnosis basic test procedure 1660

Ec 1661 1661

Test 2 electrical circuit check 1661

Trouble diagnosis 1661

Ec 1662 1662

Test 3 fuel injector check 1662

Trouble diagnosis 1662

Ec 1663 1663

Test 4 parameter check 1663

Test 5 air inlet circuit check 1663

Trouble diagnosis 1663

Ec 1664 1664

Test 6 ecm check 1664

Test 7 high pressure system check 1664

Trouble diagnosis 1664

Ec 1665 1665

Test 8 high pressure circuit leak check 1665

Test 9 fuel injector leak check 1665

Trouble diagnosis 1665

Ec 1666 1666

Test 10 fuel injector return flow in starting phase 1666

Test 11 fuel filter check 1666

Trouble diagnosis 1666

Check metal particles 1667

Ec 1667 1667

Fuel filter correct 1667

Pass a magnet beneath the container to collect only all the metal particles take the magnet away from the container do the particles collected using the magnet cover a surface area greater than 1 c 1667

Trouble diagnosis 1667

Yes or no 1667

Ec 1668 1668

Engine control component parts location 1668

Trouble diagnosis 1668

Ec 1669 1669

Trouble diagnosis 1669

Ec 1670 1670

Trouble diagnosis 1670

Ec 1671 1671

Trouble diagnosis 1671

Wiring diagram ecm 1671

Ec 1672 1672

Trouble diagnosis 1672

Data is for comparison and may not be exact 1673

Disconnect ecm harness connectors 1673

Ec 1673 1673

Ecm 1 is located in the engine room left side near battery 2 1673

Ecm harness connector terminal layout 1673

Ecm terminals and reference value 1673

Fasten a 3 connect a break out box sst and y cable adapter sst between the ecm and ecm harness connector 1673

Preparation 1673

Trouble diagnosis 1673

Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time 1673

When disconnecting ecm harness connectors loosen b it with levers 1 as far as they will go as shown in the figure 1673

Ec 1674 1674

Ecm inspection table 1674

Remarks specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1674

Trouble diagnosis 1674

Ec 1675 1675

Trouble diagnosis 1675

Ec 1676 1676

Trouble diagnosis 1676

Ec 1677 1677

Trouble diagnosis 1677

Ec 1678 1678

Trouble diagnosis 1678

Ec 1679 1679

Trouble diagnosis 1679

Conformity check 1680

Ec 1680 1680

Ecm status and parameters test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on 1680

Trouble diagnosis 1680

Ec 1681 1681

Test condition engine at idle 1681

Trouble diagnosis 1681

Ec 1682 1682

Start subfunction test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on 1682

Trouble diagnosis 1682

Ec 1683 1683

Protection subfunction test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on 1683

Test condition engine at idle 1683

Trouble diagnosis 1683

Ec 1684 1684

Sub system cold loop test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on 1684

Test condition engine at idle 1684

Trouble diagnosis 1684

Ec 1685 1685

Trouble diagnosis 1685

Ec 1686 1686

Test condition engine at idle 1686

Trouble diagnosis 1686

Ec 1687 1687

Trouble diagnosis 1687

Ec 1688 1688

Heating subfunction test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on 1688

Test condition engine at idle 1688

Trouble diagnosis 1688

Ec 1689 1689

Fuel circuit sub function test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on 1689

Test condition engine at idle 1689

Trouble diagnosis 1689

Air circ subfunction turbocharging inlet test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on 1690

Ec 1690 1690

Pre heating ignition subfunction test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on 1690

Test condition engine at idle 1690

Trouble diagnosis 1690

Ec 1691 1691

Engine cooling sub function test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on 1691

Test condition engine at idle 1691

Trouble diagnosis 1691

Antipollution obd subfunction test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on 1692

Driver parameters sub function test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on 1692

Ec 1692 1692

Test condition engine at idle 1692

Trouble diagnosis 1692

Ec 1693 1693

Test condition engine at idle 1693

Trouble diagnosis 1693

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1694

Ec 1694 1694

Trouble diagnosis 1694

Ec 1695 1695

Trouble diagnosis 1695

Ec 1696 1696

Trouble diagnosis 1696

Description 1697

Diagnostic procedure 1697

Ec 1697 1697

Trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident 1697

Check ecm power supply circuit i 1699

Diagnostic procedure 1699

Ec 1699 1699

Go to 2 1699

Go to 3 1699

Inspection start 1699

Ok or ng 1699

Power supply and ground circuit 1699

Remarks specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1699

Start engine is engine running yes or no 1699

Turn ignition switch on 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 22 and ground with con sult ii or tester 1699

Voltage battery voltage 1699

Ec 1700 1700

Power supply and ground circuit 1700

Ec 1701 1701

Power supply and ground circuit 1701

Ec 1702 1702

Power supply and ground circuit 1702

Ec 1703 1703

Ground inspection 1703

Power supply and ground circuit 1703

Ec 1704 1704

Power supply and ground circuit 1704

Can controller area network is a serial communication line for real time application it is an on vehicle mul tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability many elec tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation not independent in can communication control units are connected with 2 communication lines can h line can l line allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring each control unit transmits receives data but selectively reads required data only 1705

Description 1705

Dtc pc001 can communication line 1705

Ec 1705 1705

Malfunction indicator red lights up 1705

On board diagnosis logic 1705

Special notes 1705

Diagnostic procedure 1707

Dtc pc001 can communication line 1707

Ec 1707 1707

Go to lan 27 can communication unit 1707

Diagnostic procedure 1708

Dtc p0016 ckp cmp correlation 1708

Ec 1708 1708

On board diagnosis logic 1708

Check intermittent incident 1709

Dtc p0016 ckp cmp correlation 1709

Ec 1709 1709

Inspection end 1709

Refer to ec 1697 trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident 1709

Description 1710

Dtc p0045 tc boost control sorenoid valve 1710

Ec 1710 1710

On board diagnosis logic 1710

Dtc p0045 tc boost control sorenoid valve 1711

Ec 1711 1711

Wiring diagram 1711

Dtc p0045 tc boost control sorenoid valve 1712

Ec 1712 1712

Specification data are reference valves and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may damage the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1712

Diagnostic procedure 1713

Dtc p0045 tc boost control sorenoid valve 1713

Ec 1713 1713

Component inspection 1714

Dtc p0045 tc boost control sorenoid valve 1714

Ec 1714 1714

Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve 1714

Component description 1715

Dtc p0070 iat sensor 1715

Ec 1715 1715

On board diagnosis logic 1715

The intake air temperature sensor 1 is built into mass air flow sen sor the sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ecm the temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise 1715

Diagnostic procedure 1717

Dtc p0070 iat sensor 1717

Ec 1717 1717

Component inspection 1718

Dtc p0070 iat sensor 1718

Ec 1718 1718

Intake air temperature sensor 1718

Mass air flow sensor 1718

Removal and installation 1718

Diagnostic procedure 1719

Dtc p0087 fuel system 1719

Ec 1719 1719

On board diagnosis logic 1719

Dtc p0087 fuel system 1720

Ec 1720 1720

Fuel injector 1720

Fuel pump 1720

Removal and installation 1720

Diagnostic procedure 1721

Dtc p0089 fuel pump 1721

Ec 1721 1721

Fuel pump 1721

On board diagnosis logic 1721

Removal and installation 1721

Component description 1722

Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present with engine running 1722

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1722

Dtc p0100 maf sensor 1722

Ec 1722 1722

If dtc p0100 is displayed with dtc p0235 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p0235 refer to ec 1763 dtc p0235 tc boost sensor 1722

If dtc p0100 is displayed with dtc p0641 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p0641 refer to ec 1830 dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1722

If this dtc is present mass air flow sensor function will stop and egr voluime control valve is closed 1722

Intake air temperature sensor 1 1722

On board diagnosis logic 1722

Special notes 1722

Specification data are reference values 1722

The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air 1722

Dtc p0100 maf sensor 1723

Ec 1723 1723

Wiring diagram 1723

Check air filter 1724

Check intake air duct 1724

Check that air filter is not obsstructed yes or no 1724

Check that intake air duct is not obsstructed yes or no 1724

Diagnostic procedure 1724

Dtc p0100 maf sensor 1724

Ec 1724 1724

Go to 2 1724

Go to 3 1724

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1724

Dtc p0100 maf sensor 1725

Ec 1725 1725

Component inspection 1726

Dtc p0100 maf sensor 1726

Ec 1726 1726

Mass air flow sensor 1726

Removal and installation 1726

Description 1727

Dtc p0115 ect sensor 1727

Ec 1727 1727

If this dtc is present cooling fan motor is activated at low speed for vehicles fitted with air conditioning 1727

On board diagnosis logic 1727

Special notes 1727

The engine coolant temperature sensor 1 is used to detect the engine coolant temperature the sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ecm the modified signal returns to the ecm as the engine coolant temperature input the sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature the electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases 1727

Diagnostic procedure 1729

Dtc p0115 ect sensor 1729

Ec 1729 1729

Component inspection 1730

Dtc p0115 ect sensor 1730

Ec 1730 1730

Engine coolant temperature sensor 1730

Removal and installation 1730

Diagnostic procedure 1731

Dtc p0170 fuel injector adjustment value 1731

Ec 1731 1731

On board diagnosis logic 1731

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1732

Description 1732

Dtc p0180 fuel pump temperature sensor 1732

Ec 1732 1732

Fuel pump temperature sensor is built in the fuel pump the sensor detects the fuel temperature in the fuel pump and calibrates the fuel injection amount change by fuel temperature 1732

On board diagnosis logic 1732

Specification data are reference values 1732

Dtc p0180 fuel pump temperature sensor 1733

Ec 1733 1733

Wiring diagram 1733

Diagnostic procedure 1734

Dtc p0180 fuel pump temperature sensor 1734

Ec 1734 1734

Component inspection 1735

Dtc p0180 fuel pump temperature sensor 1735

Ec 1735 1735

Fuel pump 1735

Fuel pump temperature sensor 1735

Removal and installation 1735

Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present after the engine started 1736

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1736

Dtc p0190 frp sensor 1736

Ec 1736 1736

If dtc p0190 is displayed with dtc p0641 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p0641 refer to ec 1830 dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1736

If this dtc is present engine stops and is impossible to restarted 1736

Malfunction indicator red lights up 1736

On board diagnosis logic 1736

Special notes 1736

Specification data are reference values 1736

Dtc p0190 frp sensor 1737

Ec 1737 1737

Wiring diagram 1737

Diagnostic procedure 1738

Dtc p0190 frp sensor 1738

Ec 1738 1738

Component inspection 1739

Dtc p0190 frp sensor 1739

Ec 1739 1739

Fuel rail 1739

Fuel rail pressure sensor 1739

Removal and installation 1739

Component description 1740

Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present with engine running 1740

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1740

Dtc p0200 fuel injector 1740

Ec 1740 1740

If dtc p0200 is displayed with dtc p0201 p0202 p0203 p0204 first perform trouble diagnosis for other dtc refer to ec 1745 dtc p0201 p0204 fuel injector 1740

If this dtc is present the engine stops 1740

Malfunction indicator red lights up 1740

On board diagnosis logic 1740

Special notes 1740

Specification data are reference values 1740

The fuel injector is a small precise solenoid valve when the ecm supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit the coil in the fuel injector is energized the energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder the amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura tion pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open the ecm controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs 1740

Dtc p0200 fuel injector 1741

Ec 1741 1741

Wiring diagram 1741

Dtc p0200 fuel injector 1742

Ec 1742 1742

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1742

Diagnostic procedure 1743

Dtc p0200 fuel injector 1743

Ec 1743 1743

Component description 1745

Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present with engine running 1745

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1745

Dtc p0201 p0204 fuel injector 1745

Ec 1745 1745

If this dtc is present the idle speed is stuck at 1 000 rpm with engine noise unstable engine speed reduced engine performance 1745

Malfunction indicator red lights up 1745

Malfunction indicator yellow lights up 1745

On board diagnosis logic 1745

Special notes 1745

Specification data are reference values 1745

The fuel injector is a small precise solenoid valve when the ecm supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit the coil in the fuel injector is energized the energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder the amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura tion pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open the ecm controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs 1745

A or b 1747

Check dtc 1747

Diagnostic procedure 1747

Dtc p0201 p0204 fuel injector 1747

Ec 1747 1747

Go to 5 1747

Make sure that which malfunction dtc second line indication is displayed 1747

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1747

Also check harness for short to ground and short to power ok or ng 1748

Check fuel injecor output signal circuit for open and short 1748

Check fuel injector power supply for open and short circuit 1748

Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder refer to wiring diagram 1748

Continuity should exist 1748

Dtc p0201 p0204 fuel injector 1748

Ec 1748 1748

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors 1748

Turn ignition switch off 2 disconnect fuel injector 1 harness connector 3 disconnect ecm harness connector 4 check harness continuity between the following terminals corre sponding to the malfunctioning cylinder refer to wiring diagram 1748

Dtc p0201 p0204 fuel injector 1749

Ec 1749 1749

Component inspection 1750

Dtc p0201 p0204 fuel injector 1750

Ec 1750 1750

Fuel injector 1750

Removal and installation 1750

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1751

Description 1751

Dtc p0225 app sensor 1751

Ec 1751 1751

If dtc p0225 is displayed with dtc p0641 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p0641 refer to ec 1830 dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1751

If this dtc is present the engine speed is maintained above 1 000 rpm the engine performance is reduced and malfuction indicator red lights up 1751

If this dtc is present with dtc p2120 the engine speed is fixed at 1 800 rpm the engine performance is reduced and malfuction indicator red lights up 1751

On board diagnosis logic 1751

Special notes 1751

Specification data are reference values 1751

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensors detect the accelera tor pedal position and sends a signal to the ecm the ecm uses the signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected 1751

Dtc p0225 app sensor 1753

Ec 1753 1753

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1753

Body ground 1 1755

Chcek ground connections 1755

Diagnostic procedure 1755

Dtc p0225 app sensor 1755

Ec 1755 1755

Priming pump 2 ok or ng 1755

Repair or replace ground connections 1755

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1755

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screw on the body refer to ec 1703 ground inspection 1755

Dtc p0225 app sensor 1756

Ec 1756 1756

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1757

Component inspection 1757

Dtc p0225 app sensor 1757

Ec 1757 1757

Accelerator pedal 1758

Dtc p0225 app sensor 1758

Ec 1758 1758

Removal and installation 1758

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1759

Description 1759

Dtc p0231 fuel pump 1759

Ec 1759 1759

If this dtc is present the fuel pump is fully opened and the engine is stopped to prevent it from revving 1759

Malfuction indicator red lights up 1759

On board diagnosis logic 1759

Special notes 1759

Specification data are reference values 1759

To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump a plunger is built into the fuel pump when the amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel increases the fuel pump raises the fuel exhalation pressure as a result the fuel injection pressure is raised when the load of the engine increases the ecm sends a signal to the fuel pump to raise the injection pressure 1759

Check fuel pump power supply circuit 1761

Diagnostic procedure 1761

Dtc p0231 fuel pump 1761

Ec 1761 1761

Go to 2 1761

Ok or ng 1761

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1761

Turn ignition switch off 2 disconnect fuel pump harness connector 3 turn ignition switch on 4 check voltage between fuel pump terminal 2 and ground with consult ii or tester 1761

Voltage battery voltage 1761

Component inspection 1762

Dtc p0231 fuel pump 1762

Ec 1762 1762

Fuel pump 1762

Removal and installation 1762

Component description 1763

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1763

Dtc p0235 tc boost sensor 1763

Ec 1763 1763

If dtc p0235 is displayed with dtc p0641 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p0641 refer to ec 1830 dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1763

Malfunction indicator red lights up 1763

On board diagnosis logic 1763

Special notes 1763

Specification data are reference values 1763

The turbocharger boost sensor detects pressure in the exit side of the charge air cooler the sensor output voltage to the ecm increases as pressure increases 1763

Body ground 1 1765

Check ground connections 1765

Diagnostic procedure 1765

Dtc p0235 tc boost sensor 1765

Ec 1765 1765

Priming pump 2 ok or ng 1765

Repair or replace ground connections 1765

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may damage the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1765

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screw on the body refer to ec 1703 ground inspection 1765

Dtc p0235 tc boost sensor 1766

Ec 1766 1766

Dtc p0235 tc boost sensor 1767

Ec 1767 1767

Refer to em 247 charge air cooler 1767

Removal and installation 1767

Turbocharger boost sensor 1767

Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present when the engine speed is at idle speed 1768

Dtc p0263 p0266 p0269 p0272 no 4 cylinder misfire 1768

Ec 1768 1768

If dtc p0263 p0266 p0269 or p0272 is displayed with dtc p0089 first perform the trouble diag nosis for dtc p0089 refer to ec 1721 dtc p0089 fuel pump 1768

If dtc p0263 p0266 p0269 or p0272 is displayed with dtc p0201 p0202 p0203 or p0204 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p0201 p0202 p0203 or p00204 refer to ec 1745 dtc p0201 p0204 fuel injector 1768

If this dtc is present the engine is maintained at 1 000 rpm and engine performance is reduced 1768

Malfuction indicator red lights up 1768

On board diagnosis logic 1768

Special notes 1768

Diagnostic procedure 1769

Dtc p0263 p0266 p0269 p0272 no 4 cylinder misfire 1769

Ec 1769 1769

Component description 1770

Dtc p0325 knock sensor ks 1770

Ec 1770 1770

On board diagnosis logic 1770

Dtc p0325 knock sensor ks 1771

Ec 1771 1771

Wiring diagram 1771

Diagnostic procedure 1772

Dtc p0325 knock sensor ks 1772

Ec 1772 1772

Dtc p0325 knock sensor ks 1773

Ec 1773 1773

Knock sensor 1773

Removal and installation 1773

Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present with the engine cranking or idling 1774

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1774

Description 1774

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor 1774

Ec 1774 1774

If this dtc with 1 def 2 def 3 def 6 def is present the engine stops and malfunction indicator red lights up 1774

If this dtc with 4 def 5 def is present the engine performance is reduced and malfunction indicator red will not light up 1774

On board diagnosis logic 1774

Special notes 1774

Specification data are reference values 1774

The crankshaft position ckp sensor is located on the oil pan facing the gear teeth cogs of the signal plate the ecm receives the voltage signal from crankshaft position sensor and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution 1774

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor 1775

Ec 1775 1775

Wiring diagram 1775

Body ground 1 1776

Check ground connections 1776

Diagnostic procedure 1776

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor 1776

Ec 1776 1776

Priming pump 2 ok or ng 1776

Repair or replace ground connections 1776

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1776

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screw on the body refer to ec 1703 ground inspection 1776

Component inspection 1777

Crankshaft position sensor 1777

Dtc p0335 ckp sensor 1777

Ec 1777 1777

Removal and installation 1777

Description 1778

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor 1778

Ec 1778 1778

On board diagnosis logic 1778

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor 1779

Ec 1779 1779

Wiring diagram 1779

Body ground 1 1780

Check ground connections 1780

Diagnostic procedure 1780

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor 1780

Ec 1780 1780

Priming pump 2 ok or ng 1780

Repair or replace ground connections 1780

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1780

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screw on the body refer to ec 1703 ground inspection 1780

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor 1781

Ec 1781 1781

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor 1782

Ec 1782 1782

Camshaft position sensor 1783

Component inspection 1783

Dtc p0340 cmp sensor 1783

Ec 1783 1783

If ng replace camshaft position sensor 1783

Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected 2 start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 3 measure the voltage signal between ecm terminal 56 and ground with consult ii or tester under the followng conditions 1783

Refer to em 272 timing belt 1783

Removal and installation 1783

Dtc p0380 glow control unit 1784

Ec 1784 1784

On board diagnosis logic 1784

Dtc p0380 glow control unit 1785

Ec 1785 1785

Wiring diagram 1785

Diagnostic procedure 1786

Dtc p0380 glow control unit 1786

Ec 1786 1786

Dtc p0380 glow control unit 1787

Ec 1787 1787

Dtc p0382 glow control unit 1788

Ec 1788 1788

If this dtc is present engine starting is difficult or impossible when cold 1788

If this dtc with co is present continuous operation of the glow plugs permanently controlled with risk of being damaged and risk of damaging the engine 1788

On board diagnosis logic 1788

Special note 1788

Dtc p0382 glow control unit 1789

Ec 1789 1789

Wiring diagram 1789

Diagnostic procedure 1790

Dtc p0382 glow control unit 1790

Ec 1790 1790

Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present with engine running 1791

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1791

Dtc p0400 egr function 1791

Ec 1791 1791

If this dtc is present the engine will be unsteady with popssible stalling starting malfunctions or even impossible when cold 1791

Malfunction indicator red lights up 1791

Malfunction indicator yellow lights up 1791

On board diagnosis logic 1791

Special notes 1791

Specification data are reference values 1791

Dtc p0400 egr function 1793

Ec 1793 1793

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1793

Diagnostic procedure 1794

Dtc p0400 egr function 1794

Ec 1794 1794

Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present with engine running at idle speed 1795

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1795

Dtc p0403 egr volume control valve 1795

Ec 1795 1795

If this dtc is present the engine is difficult to start or even impossible when cold 1795

Malfunction indicator red lights up 1795

Malfunction indicator yellow lights up 1795

On board diagnosis logic 1795

Special notes 1795

Specification data are reference values 1795

Dtc p0403 egr volume control valve 1797

Ec 1797 1797

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1797

Diagnostic procedure 1798

Dtc p0403 egr volume control valve 1798

Ec 1798 1798

Component inspection 1799

Dtc p0403 egr volume control valve 1799

Ec 1799 1799

Egr volume control valve 1799

Egr volume control valve control position sensor 1799

Removal and installation 1799

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1800

Dtc p0409 egr volume control valve control position sensor 1800

Ec 1800 1800

If this dtc is displayed with dtc p0641 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p0641 refer to ec 1830 dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1800

On board diagnosis logic 1800

Specification data are reference values 1800

Dtc p0409 egr volume control valve control position sensor 1801

Ec 1801 1801

Wiring diagram 1801

Dtc p0409 egr volume control valve control position sensor 1802

Ec 1802 1802

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1802

Diagnostic procedure 1803

Dtc p0409 egr volume control valve control position sensor 1803

Ec 1803 1803

Component inspection 1804

Dtc p0409 egr volume control valve control position sensor 1804

Ec 1804 1804

Egr volume control valve 1804

Egr volume control valve control position sensor 1804

Removal and installation 1804

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1805

Dtc p0487 egr volume control valve control position sensor 1805

Ec 1805 1805

If this dtc is displayed with dtc p0641 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p0641 refer to ec 1830 dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1805

Malfunction indicator yellow lights up 1805

On board diagnosis logic 1805

Special notes 1805

Specification data are reference values 1805

Dtc p0487 egr volume control valve control position sensor 1807

Ec 1807 1807

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1807

Diagnostic procedure 1808

Dtc p0487 egr volume control valve control position sensor 1808

Ec 1808 1808

Component inspection 1809

Dtc p0487 egr volume control valve control position sensor 1809

Ec 1809 1809

Egr volume control valve 1809

Egr volume control valve control position sensor 1809

Removal and installation 1809

Description 1810

Diagnostic procedure 1810

Dtc p0500 vss 1810

Ec 1810 1810

On board diagnosis logic 1810

Component description 1811

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1811

Dtc p0530 refrigerant pressure sensor 1811

Ec 1811 1811

If dtc p0530 is displayed with dtc p0641 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p0643 refer to ec 1830 dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1811

On board diagnosis logic 1811

Specification data are reference values 1811

The refrigerant pressure sensor 1 is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system the sensor uses an electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage the voltage signal is sent to ecm and ecm controls cooling fan system 1811

Body ground 1 1813

Check ground connections 1813

Diagnostic procedure 1813

Dtc p0530 refrigerant pressure sensor 1813

Ec 1813 1813

Priming pump 2 ok or ng 1813

Repair or replace ground connections 1813

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1813

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screw on the body refer to ec 1703 ground inspection 1813

Dtc p0530 refrigerant pressure sensor 1814

Ec 1814 1814

Dtc p0530 refrigerant pressure sensor 1815

Ec 1815 1815

Refrigerant pressure sensor 1815

Removal and installation 1815

Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present when the engine is running at above 1 000 rpm 1816

Dtc p0560 battery voltage 1816

Ec 1816 1816

Malfunction indicator red lights up 1816

On board diagnosis logic 1816

Special notes 1816

Dtc p0560 battery voltage 1817

Ec 1817 1817

Wiring diagram 1817

Diagnostic procedure 1818

Dtc p0560 battery voltage 1818

Ec 1818 1818

Dtc p0560 battery voltage 1819

Ec 1819 1819

Brake switch signal is applied to the ecm through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed this signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving 1820

Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present when the ignition switch is turned on when deceleratig or when the brake pedal is depressed 1820

Description 1820

Dtc p0571 brake switch 1820

Ec 1820 1820

On board diagnosis logic 1820

Dtc p0571 brake switch 1821

Ec 1821 1821

Wiring diagram 1821

Diagnostic procedure 1822

Dtc p0571 brake switch 1822

Ec 1822 1822

Dtc p0571 brake switch 1823

Ec 1823 1823

Component inspection 1824

Dtc p0571 brake switch 1824

Ec 1824 1824

Stop lamp switch 1824

Description 1825

Diagnostic procedure 1825

Dtc p0604 ecm 1825

Ec 1825 1825

On board diagnosis logic 1825

Description 1826

Diagnostic procedure 1826

Dtc p0606 ecm 1826

Ec 1826 1826

On board diagnosis logic 1826

Dtc p0606 ecm 1827

Ec 1827 1827

Description 1828

Diagnostic procedure 1828

Dtc p062f ecm 1828

Ec 1828 1828

On board diagnosis logic 1828

Dtc p062f ecm 1829

Ec 1829 1829

Dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1830

Ec 1830 1830

If dtc p0641 is displayed with dtc p0100 p0190 p0225 p0235 p0409 p0487 p0530 p0651 p2120 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p0641 1830

If this dtc is present the engine stops immediately and cannnot be restarted 1830

Malfuction indicator red lights up 1830

On board diagnosis logic 1830

Special notes 1830

Dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1831

Ec 1831 1831

Lhd models 1831

Wiring diagram 1831

Dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1832

Ec 1832 1832

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1832

Dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1833

Ec 1833 1833

Rhd models 1833

Dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1834

Ec 1834 1834

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1834

Diagnostic procedure 1835

Dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1835

Ec 1835 1835

Dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1836

Ec 1836 1836

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1837

Description 1837

Dtc p0651 app sensor 1837

Ec 1837 1837

If dtc p0651 is displayed with dtc p0641 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p0641 refer to ec 1830 dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1837

If this dtc is present the engine idle speed is set to 1 000 rpm the engine performance is reduced and 1837

Malfunction indicator red lights up 1837

On board diagnosis logic 1837

Special notes 1837

Specification data are reference values 1837

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensors detect the accelera tor pedal position and sends a signal to the ecm the ecm uses the signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected 1837

Dtc p0651 app sensor 1839

Ec 1839 1839

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1839

Body ground 1 1841

Chcek ground connections 1841

Diagnostic procedure 1841

Dtc p0651 app sensor 1841

Ec 1841 1841

Priming pump 2 ok or ng 1841

Repair or replace ground connections 1841

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1841

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screw on the body refer to ec 1703 ground inspection 1841

Dtc p0651 app sensor 1842

Ec 1842 1842

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1843

Component inspection 1843

Dtc p0651 app sensor 1843

Ec 1843 1843

Accelerator pedal 1844

Dtc p0651 app sensor 1844

Ec 1844 1844

Removal and installation 1844

Dtc p0685 ecm relay 1845

Ec 1845 1845

On board diagnosis logic 1845

Diagnostic procedure 1847

Dtc p0685 ecm relay 1847

Ec 1847 1847

Dtc p0685 ecm relay 1848

Ec 1848 1848

Dtc p0685 ecm relay 1849

Ec 1849 1849

Brake switch signal is applied to the ecm through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed this signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving 1850

Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present when the ignition switch is on when decelerating or when the brake pedal is depressed 1850

Description 1850

Dtc p0703 brake switch 1850

Ec 1850 1850

On board diagnosis logic 1850

Dtc p0703 brake switch 1851

Ec 1851 1851

Wiring diagram 1851

Diagnostic procedure 1852

Dtc p0703 brake switch 1852

Ec 1852 1852

Dtc p0703 brake switch 1853

Ec 1853 1853

Component inspection 1854

Dtc p0703 brake switch 1854

Ec 1854 1854

Stop lamp switch 1854

Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1855

Description 1855

Dtc p2120 app sensor 1855

Ec 1855 1855

If dtc p2120 is displayed with dtc p0641 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p0641 refer to ec 1830 dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1855

If dtc p2120 is displayed with dtc p0651 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p0651 refer to ec 1837 dtc p0651 app sensor 1855

If this dtc is present the engine speed is maintained above 1 000 rpm and malfuction indicator red lights up 1855

If this dtc is present with dtc p0225 the engine idle speed is fixed at 1 800 rpm and malfuction indi cator red lights up 1855

On board diagnosis logic 1855

Special notes 1855

Specification data are reference values 1855

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensors detect the accelera tor pedal position and sends a signal to the ecm the ecm uses the signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected 1855

Dtc p2120 app sensor 1857

Ec 1857 1857

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1857

Body ground 1 1859

Chcek ground connections 1859

Diagnostic procedure 1859

Dtc p2120 app sensor 1859

Ec 1859 1859

Priming pump 2 ok or ng 1859

Repair or replace ground connections 1859

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1859

Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screw on the body refer to ec 1703 ground inspection 1859

Dtc p2120 app sensor 1860

Ec 1860 1860

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1861

Component inspection 1861

Dtc p2120 app sensor 1861

Ec 1861 1861

Accelerator pedal 1862

Dtc p2120 app sensor 1862

Ec 1862 1862

Removal and installation 1862

Description 1863

Diagnostic procedure 1863

Dtc p2226 baro sensor 1863

Ec 1863 1863

On board diagnosis logic 1863

Cooling fan 1864

Ec 1864 1864

System description 1864

The ecm controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed engine coolant temperature refrigerant pressure and air conditioner on signal the control system has 3 step control high low off 1864

Cooling fan 1865

Cooling fan operation 1865

Ec 1865 1865

Cooling fan 1867

Diagnostic procedure 1867

Ec 1867 1867

Component inspection 1868

Cooling fan 1868

Cooling fan motor 1868

Ec 1868 1868

Ec 1869 1869

Mi data link connectors 1869

Wiring diagram 1869

Ec 1870 1870

Service data and specifications sds 1870

Ec 1871 1871

Service data and specifications sds 1871

Nissan Note [1733/1872] Dtc p0180 fuel pump temperature sensor

Содержание

Похожие устройства